WO2022042563A1 - Air-conditioning device and air-conditioning outdoor unit - Google Patents
Air-conditioning device and air-conditioning outdoor unit Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022042563A1 WO2022042563A1 PCT/CN2021/114357 CN2021114357W WO2022042563A1 WO 2022042563 A1 WO2022042563 A1 WO 2022042563A1 CN 2021114357 W CN2021114357 W CN 2021114357W WO 2022042563 A1 WO2022042563 A1 WO 2022042563A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- heat exchange
- control box
- electric control
- header
- heat
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
- F24F1/00—Room units for air-conditioning, e.g. separate or self-contained units or units receiving primary air from a central station
- F24F1/06—Separate outdoor units, e.g. outdoor unit to be linked to a separate room comprising a compressor and a heat exchanger
- F24F1/14—Heat exchangers specially adapted for separate outdoor units
- F24F1/16—Arrangement or mounting thereof
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
- F24F1/00—Room units for air-conditioning, e.g. separate or self-contained units or units receiving primary air from a central station
- F24F1/06—Separate outdoor units, e.g. outdoor unit to be linked to a separate room comprising a compressor and a heat exchanger
- F24F1/20—Electric components for separate outdoor units
- F24F1/22—Arrangement or mounting thereof
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
- F24F1/00—Room units for air-conditioning, e.g. separate or self-contained units or units receiving primary air from a central station
- F24F1/06—Separate outdoor units, e.g. outdoor unit to be linked to a separate room comprising a compressor and a heat exchanger
- F24F1/20—Electric components for separate outdoor units
- F24F1/24—Cooling of electric components
Definitions
- the present application relates to the technical field of air conditioners, and in particular, to an air conditioner and an air conditioner outdoor unit.
- the heat dissipation methods of the electric control box of the outdoor unit of the air conditioner are usually air cooling and refrigerant heat dissipation, mainly by fixing the refrigerant pipeline on the beam of the outdoor unit. Sufficient space for activities, inconvenient maintenance.
- the present application provides an air conditioner and an air conditioner outdoor unit to solve the technical problem of inconvenient maintenance of the air conditioner outdoor unit in the prior art.
- an outdoor unit of an air conditioner comprising: a casing, which is provided with an accommodating cavity with an opening; a fixing plate, which is arranged in the accommodating cavity; an electric control box, It is rotatably connected with the casing and is used to cover the opening, the electric control box is provided with a mounting cavity with a connection port; and a first electronic component is arranged on the fixing plate, and the electric control box is sealed When covering the opening, the fixing plate covers the connection port of the installation cavity, and accommodates the first electronic component in the installation cavity.
- the air conditioner includes an air conditioner indoor unit and the aforementioned air conditioner outdoor unit.
- the embodiment of the present application rotatably connects the electric control box with the periphery of the opening, and when the electric control box covers the casing, the fixed plate covers the electric control box to open a connection port
- the surface of the electric control box and the first electronic component set on the fixing plate can enter the installation cavity through the connection port.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an air-conditioning system in an embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 2 is the structural representation of the heat exchange main body of the heat exchanger in Fig. 1;
- Fig. 3 is the structural representation of single-layer microchannel and multi-layer microchannel in Fig. 2;
- FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a header assembly of the heat exchanger in FIG. 1;
- FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the header assembly of the heat exchanger in FIG. 1;
- FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the header assembly of the heat exchanger in FIG. 1;
- FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a heat exchange main body of a heat exchanger according to another embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 8 is the three-dimensional structure schematic diagram of the first pipe body arrangement plane in Fig. 7;
- FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a heat exchange main body of a heat exchanger according to another embodiment of the present application.
- FIG 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the heat exchanger in Figure 9;
- FIG. 11 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of the electric control box in an embodiment of the present application after some components are hidden;
- Fig. 12 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the heat sink in Fig. 11;
- FIG. 13 is a schematic three-dimensional structure diagram of a heat sink in another embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a fixing bracket and a heat sink in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a fixing bracket and a heat sink in another embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a heat dissipation fixing plate and a heat sink in an embodiment of the present application
- FIG. 17 is a schematic plan view of a heat dissipation fixing plate in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the cooperation of a heat sink and an electric control box in another embodiment of the present application.
- 19 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of a radiator in cooperation with an electric control box in another embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 20 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a heat dissipation fin and a heat sink in an embodiment of the present application
- FIG. 21 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a heat dissipation fin and a heat sink in another embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 22 is a schematic three-dimensional structure diagram of a heat sink in another embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 23 is a schematic plan view of a radiator and an electric control box in another embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the cooperation of a radiator and an electric control box in another embodiment of the present application.
- 25 is a schematic plan view of the structure of the radiator and the electric control box in another embodiment of the present application.
- 26 is a cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the cooperation of a heat sink and an electric control box in another embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 27 is a schematic plan view of the structure of the radiator and the electrical control box in another embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 28 is a cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the radiator in Fig. 27 in cooperation with the electric control box;
- 29 is a cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the cooperation of a heat sink and an electric control box in another embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 30 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of the electric control box in another embodiment of the present application after some components are hidden;
- 31 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of the electric control box in another embodiment of the present application after some components are hidden;
- FIG. 32 is a schematic plan view of the electric control box in another embodiment of the present application after some components are hidden;
- Figure 33 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electric control box in Figure 32;
- 34 is a schematic three-dimensional structure diagram of an outdoor unit of an air conditioner in an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 35 is a schematic plan view of the fitting of the lifting lug and the hook in Figure 34;
- FIG. 36 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of an outdoor unit of an air conditioner in another embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an air conditioning system in an embodiment of the present application.
- the air conditioning system 1 mainly includes a compressor 2 , a four-way valve 3 , an outdoor heat exchanger 4 , an indoor heat exchanger 5 , a heat exchanger 6 , an expansion valve 12 and an expansion valve 13 .
- the expansion valve 13 and the heat exchanger 6 are arranged between the outdoor heat exchanger 4 and the indoor heat exchanger 5, and the compressor 2 provides a circulating flow between the outdoor heat exchanger 4 and the indoor heat exchanger 5 through the four-way valve 3. refrigerant flow.
- the heat exchanger 6 includes a first heat exchange channel 610 and a second heat exchange channel 611 .
- the first end of the first heat exchange channel 610 is connected to the outdoor heat exchanger 4 through the expansion valve 13
- the second heat exchange channel 610 is connected to the outdoor heat exchanger 4 through the expansion valve 13 .
- the first end of the second heat exchange channel 611 is connected to the second end of the first heat exchange channel 610 through the expansion valve 12, and the second end of the second heat exchange channel 611 is connected to the compressor 2
- the suction port 22 is connected.
- the path of the refrigerant flow is:
- the path (main path) of the refrigerant flow of the first heat exchange channel 610 is: the first end of the first heat exchange channel 610 - the second end of the first heat exchange channel 610 - the indoor heat exchanger 5 .
- the refrigerant flow path (auxiliary path) of the second heat exchange channel 611 is: the second end of the first heat exchange channel 610 - the expansion valve 12 - the first end of the second heat exchange channel 611 - the second end of the second heat exchange channel 611 Two-end - suction port 22 of compressor 2 .
- the working principle of the air conditioning system 1 at this time is as follows: the outdoor heat exchanger 4 is used as a condenser, which outputs a medium-pressure and medium-temperature refrigerant flow through the expansion valve 13 (the temperature can be 40°, the liquid-phase refrigerant flow), and the first heat exchange
- the refrigerant flow in the channel 610 is a medium-pressure and medium-temperature refrigerant flow.
- the expansion valve 12 converts the medium-pressure and medium-temperature refrigerant flow into a low-pressure and low-temperature refrigerant flow (the temperature can be 10°, and the gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant flow).
- the second heat exchange channel The refrigerant flow of 611 is a low-pressure and low-temperature refrigerant flow.
- the low-pressure and low-temperature refrigerant flow in the second heat exchange channel 611 absorbs heat from the medium-pressure and medium-temperature refrigerant flow in the first heat exchange channel 610, and then the refrigerant flow in the second heat exchange channel 611 is vaporized, so that the first heat exchange channel
- the refrigerant flow of 610 achieves further subcooling.
- the vaporized refrigerant flow in the second heat exchange channel 611 is used to increase the enthalpy of the compressor 2 by air injection, so as to improve the refrigeration capacity of the air conditioning system 1 .
- the expansion valve 12 is used as a throttling component of the second heat exchange channel 611 to adjust the flow rate of the refrigerant flow in the second heat exchange channel 611 .
- the refrigerant flow in the first heat exchange channel 610 and the refrigerant flow in the second heat exchange channel 611 perform heat exchange, so as to realize subcooling of the refrigerant flow in the first heat exchange channel 610 . Therefore, the heat exchanger 6 can be used as an economizer of the air conditioning system 1 to improve the degree of subcooling, thereby improving the heat exchange efficiency of the air conditioning system 1 .
- connection port 31 of the four-way valve 3 is connected to the connection port 33
- connection port 32 of the four-way valve 3 is connected to the connection port 34 .
- the refrigerant flow output by the compressor 2 through the exhaust port 21 flows from the indoor heat exchanger 5 to the outdoor heat exchanger 4, and the indoor heat exchanger 5 is used as a condenser.
- the refrigerant flow output by the indoor heat exchanger 5 is divided into two paths, one of which flows into the first heat exchange passage 610 (main passage), and the other flows into the second heat exchange passage 611 (auxiliary passage) through the expansion valve 12 .
- the refrigerant flow in the second heat exchange channel 611 can also supercool the refrigerant flow in the first heat exchange channel 610 , and the refrigerant flow through the second heat exchange channel 611 supplements the compressor 2 and increases the enthalpy, thereby improving the performance of the air conditioner. heating capacity.
- the present application further optimizes the following aspects based on the overall structure of the air conditioning system 1 described above:
- the heat exchanger 6 includes a heat exchange main body 61, and the heat exchange main body 61 is provided with a plurality of microchannels 612, and the plurality of microchannels 612 are divided into a first microchannel and a second microchannel, wherein the first microchannel As the first heat exchange channel 610 of the heat exchanger 6 , the second microchannel serves as the second heat exchange channel 611 of the heat exchanger 6 . Therefore, the first microchannel 610 and the first heat exchange channel 610 use the same reference number, and the second microchannel 611 and the second heat exchange channel 611 use the same reference number.
- the heat exchange body 61 may include a single plate body 613, and the plate body 613 is provided with a plurality of microchannels 612, and the plurality of microchannels 612 of the plate body 613 may be divided into alternately arranged first microchannels 610 and second microchannels 611.
- the extending direction D1 of the first microchannel 610 and the extending direction D2 of the second microchannel 611 are parallel to each other.
- the extending direction D1 of the first microchannel 610 and the extending direction D2 of the second microchannel 611 are the same.
- the plate body 613 can be a flat tube, so that heat dissipation elements or electronic components can be arranged on the plate body 613 .
- the plate body 613 may also be a carrier with other cross-section shapes, such as a cylinder, a rectangular parallelepiped, a cube, and the like.
- the heat exchange body 61 may also include at least two plate bodies stacked on each other or two tube bodies nested with each other.
- each microchannel 612 perpendicular to its extending direction may be a rectangle, and the side length of each microchannel 612 is 0.5mm-3mm.
- the thickness between each microchannel 612 and the surface of the plate body 613 and between the microchannels 612 is 0.2mm-0.5mm, so that the microchannels 612 meet the requirements of pressure resistance and heat transfer performance.
- the cross-sectional shape of the microchannel 612 may be other shapes, such as circular, triangular, trapezoidal, elliptical, or irregular.
- the first refrigerant flow (ie, the medium-pressure and medium-temperature refrigerant flow) flows through the first microchannel 610
- the second refrigerant flow (ie, the low-pressure and low-temperature refrigerant flow) flows through the first microchannel 610
- the first refrigerant flow can be a liquid-phase refrigerant flow
- the second refrigerant flow can be a gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant flow.
- the second refrigerant flow absorbs heat from the first refrigerant flow in the first microchannel 610 during the flow along the second microchannel 611 and is further vaporized, so that the first refrigerant flow is further subcooled.
- the heat exchanger based on the microchannel structure described above and below is not limited to the application scenario shown in FIG. 1 , so the first microchannel 610 and the second microchannel 611 and the The "first" and “second" in the two refrigerant streams are only used to distinguish different microchannels and refrigerant streams, and should not be regarded as limitations on specific applications of the microchannels and refrigerant streams.
- the first refrigerant flow through the first microchannel 610 may absorb heat on the second refrigerant flow in the second microchannel 611, and the first refrigerant flow and the second refrigerant flow
- the state is also not limited to the liquid phase or the gas-liquid two-phase as defined above.
- the flow direction A1 of the first refrigerant flow is opposite to the flow direction A2 of the second refrigerant flow, so that there is a large temperature difference between the temperature of the first refrigerant flow and the temperature of the second refrigerant flow, and the first refrigerant flow is increased.
- the heat exchange efficiency between the flow and the second refrigerant flow is increased.
- the flow direction A1 of the first refrigerant flow may be the same as or perpendicular to the flow direction A2 of the second refrigerant flow.
- the heat exchange body 61 may include at least two groups of first microchannels 610 and second microchannels 611, the at least two groups of first microchannels 610 and second microchannels 611 being spaced apart from each other along the vertical direction of the extending direction D1, As shown in FIG. 2 , the vertical direction is the width direction of the plate body 613 , and in other embodiments, the vertical direction may be the thickness direction of the plate body 613 .
- a first preset number of microchannels in the plurality of microchannels 612 are divided into first microchannels 610
- a second preset number of microchannels in the plurality of microchannels 612 are divided into second microchannels 611 .
- the first microchannels 610 and the plurality of groups of second microchannels 611 are arranged alternately in turn, that is, the second microchannels 611 are arranged between the two groups of the first microchannels 610 , and the first microchannels 611 are arranged between the two groups of the second microchannels 611 .
- the microchannels 610 are arranged so as to realize that the at least two groups of the first microchannels 610 and the second microchannels 611 are spaced apart from each other to form a heat exchanger 6 in which the first microchannels 610 and the second microchannels 611 are alternately arranged, as shown in FIG. 2 . Show.
- the first preset number and the second preset number may be equal, such as 3; in other embodiments, the first preset number and the second preset number may not be equal, for example, the first preset number is 3, and the second preset number is 3. Set the number to 2.
- both the first preset number and the second preset number may be 1, one microchannel in the plurality of microchannels 612 is the first microchannel 610 , and one microchannel disposed adjacent to the first microchannel 610 is.
- the channel is the second microchannel 611 .
- the cross-sectional area of the heat exchange main body 61 is the same as that of the conventional channel, and the refrigerant flow of the same mass and flow flows through the 10*10 microchannels 612 and 612 respectively. regular channel.
- the characteristic length Dh of each microchannel 612 is 1/10 of the conventional channel, wherein the pressure drop is proportional to L/(Dh2), and if the same pressure drop is maintained, the length L of the microchannel 612 is 1/10 of the length of the conventional channel 100.
- the effective heat exchange area of the microchannel 612 is 1/10 of the effective heat exchange area of the conventional channel.
- the heat exchange main body 61 is provided with a plurality of first microchannels 610 and a plurality of second microchannels 611, so that the length of the heat exchange main body 61 is shortened. Reduce the volume of heat exchanger 6 .
- the plurality of microchannels 612 may be configured as single-layer microchannels or multi-layer microchannels.
- the cross-sectional area of the multi-layer microchannel is 4 times the cross-sectional area of the single-layer microchannel
- the length of the single-layer microchannel is 4 times the length of the multi-layer microchannel
- the refrigerant flow of the same mass and flow rate Flow through the single-layer microchannel and the multi-layer microchannel respectively
- the flow rate of the multi-layer microchannel is 1/4 of the flow rate of the single-layer microchannel.
- the pressure drop of the multi-layer microchannel is 1/48 of the pressure drop of the single-layer microchannel.
- the heat transfer coefficient has a functional relationship with the flow rate of the refrigerant flow. The larger the flow rate, the larger the heat transfer coefficient, so the heat transfer of a single-layer microchannel is higher than that of a multi-layer microchannel. To sum up, under the condition that the requirement of heat transfer is satisfied, the larger the cross-sectional area of the plurality of microchannels 612 is, the pressure loss of the refrigerant flow can be reduced.
- the heat exchanger 6 further includes a header assembly 62 , and the header assembly 62 and the heat exchange body 61 are both arranged horizontally, for example, the header assembly 62 and the heat exchange body 61 are both arranged along a horizontal plane.
- the header assembly 62 is arranged vertically, that is, the header assembly 62 is arranged in a direction perpendicular to the horizontal plane (that is, the direction of gravity), and the heat exchange body 61 is arranged horizontally; or, the header assembly 62 is arranged vertically,
- the heat exchange main body 61 is arranged vertically; or, the header assembly 62 is arranged horizontally, and the heat exchange main body 61 is arranged vertically.
- the header assembly 62 includes a first header 621 and a second header 622, the first header 621 is provided with a first header channel, and the second header 622 is provided with a second header channel.
- the cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow (the first refrigerant flow or the second refrigerant flow) in the heat exchange main body 61 is an I-shape.
- the cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 may be L-shaped, U-shaped, G-shaped, or circular.
- the first header channel is connected to the first microchannel 610 to provide the first refrigerant flow to the first microchannel 610 through the first header channel and/or collect the first refrigerant flow flowing through the first microchannel 610 .
- the number of the first headers 621 is two, and the two first headers 621 are respectively connected to both ends of the first microchannel 610 so as to utilize the difference between the two first headers 621 .
- One provides the first refrigerant flow to the first microchannel 610 ; and utilizes the other of the two first headers 621 to collect the first refrigerant flow flowing through the first microchannel 610 .
- the first end of the first micro-channel 610 is connected to the outdoor heat exchanger 4 through one of the two first headers 621 via the expansion valve 13 so as to be in the cooling mode , to provide the first refrigerant flow to the first microchannel 610; the second end of the first microchannel 610 is connected to the indoor heat exchanger 5 through the other of the two first headers 621 to collect the flow through the first microchannel The first refrigerant flow of channel 610 .
- the heating mode since the flow directions of the first refrigerant flow in the first microchannels 610 are opposite, the functions of the two first headers 621 are interchanged compared to the cooling mode.
- the second header channel is connected to the second microchannel 611 to provide the second refrigerant flow to the second microchannel 611 through the second header channel and/or collect the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second microchannel 611 .
- the number of the second headers 622 is two, and the two second headers 622 are respectively connected to both ends of the second microchannel 611 , so as to utilize the difference between the two second headers 622 One provides the second refrigerant flow to the second microchannel 611 ; and utilizes the other of the two second headers 622 to collect the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second microchannel 611 .
- the first end of the second microchannel 611 is connected to the expansion valve 12 through one of the two second headers 622 to provide the second refrigerant to the second microchannel 611
- the second end of the second microchannel 611 is connected to the suction port 22 of the compressor 2 through the other of the two second headers 622 to collect the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second microchannel 611 .
- the same end of the first microchannel 610 in the at least two groups of the first microchannel 610 and the second microchannel 611 is connected to the same first header 621, and the at least two groups of the first microchannel 610 and The same end of the second microchannels 611 in the second microchannels 611 is connected to the same second header 622 , that is, the same end of all the first microchannels 610 of the heat exchanger 6 is connected to the same first header 621
- the same end of all the second microchannels 611 of the heat exchanger 6 is connected to the same second header 622, which avoids setting a corresponding header for each microchannel and reduces the cost.
- the extension directions of the first header 621 and the second header 622 can be adjusted according to the extension directions of the first microchannel 610 and the second microchannel 611, for example, they are arranged perpendicular to each other.
- the first header 621 and the second header 622 are arranged at intervals along the extension direction of the heat exchange main body 61 , and the extension direction of the heat exchange main body 61 is the same as the extension direction D1 and the second extension direction of the first microchannel 610 .
- the extension direction D2 of the microchannel 611 is the same, and the second microchannel 611 penetrates the first header 621 and is connected to the second header 622, wherein the first header 621 is arranged on the second header 622 and exchanges heat
- the second microchannel 611 penetrates the first header 621 and is inserted into the second header 622 and fixed by welding, and the first microchannel 610 is inserted into the first header 621 and fixed by welding.
- the first microchannel 610 may be inserted into the first header 621 after passing through the second header 622 .
- the distance between the first header 621 and the second header 622 is R-2R, where R is the maximum cross-section of the first header 621 along the spacing direction of the first header 621 and the second header 622 size.
- the cross-sectional shapes of the first header 621 and the second header 622 may both be circular, and R is the diameter of the first header 621 or the diameter of the second header 622 .
- the cross-sectional shapes of the first header 621 and the second header 622 can be set to other shapes, such as oval, square, rectangle or irregular shape, when the first header 621 and the second header 622 When the cross-sectional shape of the header 622 is non-circular, R is the diameter of the circumscribed circle of the first header 621 or the second header 622 .
- the distance between the first header 621 and the second header 622 can be larger, the distance between the first header 621 and the second header 622 and the heat exchange main body 61 can be facilitated. welding.
- the second microchannel 611 located between the first header 621 and the second header 622 does not exchange heat with the first microchannel 610, by connecting the first header 621 and the second header 622 The distance between them is set smaller, the length of the second microchannel 611 between the first header 621 and the second header 622 can be reduced, and the heat exchange area of the second microchannel 611 can be increased.
- first header 621 and the second header 622 may be welded together to reduce the distance between the first header 621 and the second header 622 .
- first microchannel 610 can bypass the second header 622 and then be connected to the first header 621.
- first microchannel 610 is disposed outside the second header 622 to bypass the second header.
- the pipe 622 is then connected to the first header 621 .
- second microchannel 611 may bypass the first header 621 and then be connected to the second header 622 .
- the main header is divided into two headers
- the header assembly 62 includes a main header 623 and a baffle plate 624, and the baffle plate 624 is arranged in the main header 623 for dividing the main header 623 into a first header
- the pipe 621 and the second header 622 that is, the total header 623 is provided as the first header 621 and the second header 622 separated by the baffle plate 624 .
- the first microchannel 610 penetrates the sidewall of the general header 623 and is inserted into the first header 621
- the second microchannel 611 penetrates the sidewall of the general header 623 and
- the baffle plate 624 is inserted into the second header 622 .
- the second microchannel 611 may penetrate the sidewall of the general header 623 and be inserted into the second header 622, while the first microchannel 610 may penetrate the sidewall and partition of the general header 623
- the flow plate 624 is inserted into the first header 621 .
- the functions of the first header 621 and the second header 622 are simultaneously realized by a header 623 , which can reduce the cost of the header assembly 62 . cost and volume.
- the baffle plate 624 may be used to divide the general header 623 into two first headers 621 or two second headers 622 .
- one end of the first microchannel 610 penetrates through the side wall of the general header 623 and is inserted into one of the first headers 621
- the other end of the first microchannel 610 penetrates the side of the general header 623 wall and inserted into another first header 621 therein.
- one of the two first headers 621 is used to provide the first refrigerant flow to the first microchannel 610
- the other of the two first headers 621 621 is used to collect the first refrigerant flow flowing through the first microchannel 610
- the first microchannel 610 is a U-shaped flow path at this time.
- one end of the second microchannel 611 penetrates the sidewall of the general header 623 and is inserted into one of the second headers 622
- the other end of the second microchannel 611 penetrates the sidewall of the general header 623 and the baffle plate 624 and inserted into another second header 622 therein.
- one of the two second headers 622 is used to provide the second refrigerant flow to the second microchannel 611
- the other of the two second headers 622 622 is used to collect the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second microchannel 611
- the second microchannel 611 is a U-shaped flow path at this time.
- the diameter of the second header 622 is smaller than the diameter of the first header 621 , the first header 621 is sleeved outside the second header 622 , and the first microchannel 610 penetrates through the first header 621 .
- the side wall of the header 621 is inserted into the first header 621 .
- the second microchannel 611 penetrates the side walls of the first header 621 and the second header 622 and is inserted into the second header 622 .
- the second header 622 may be sleeved on the outside of the first header 621, and at this time, the second microchannel 611 penetrates the side wall of the second header 622 and is inserted into the second header within the flow tube 622.
- the first microchannel 610 penetrates the second header 622 and the sidewalls of the first header 621 and is inserted into the first header 621 .
- the volume of the header assembly 62 can be reduced by the nested arrangement.
- two first headers 621 may be nested with each other, or two second headers 622 may be nested with each other.
- one end of the first microchannel 610 penetrates the side wall of the outer first header 621 and is inserted into the outer first header 621 .
- the other end of the first microchannel 610 penetrates the side walls of the two first headers 621 and is inserted into the inner first header 621 .
- the outer first header 621 is used to provide the first refrigerant flow to the first microchannel 610, and the inner first header 621 is used to collect the first refrigerant flow flowing through the first microchannel 610; or the inner side
- the first header 621 is used to provide the first refrigerant flow to the first microchannel 610, and the first header 621 on the outside is used to collect the first refrigerant flow that flows through the first microchannel 610;
- Channel 610 is a U-shaped flow path.
- one end of the second microchannel 611 penetrates the side wall of the outer second header 622 and is inserted into the outer second header 622 .
- the other end of the second microchannel 611 penetrates the side walls of the two second headers 622 and is inserted into the inner second header 622 .
- the outer second header 622 is used to provide the second refrigerant flow to the second microchannel 611, and the inner second header 622 is used to collect the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second microchannel 611; or, The inner second header 622 is used to provide the second refrigerant flow to the second microchannel 611, and the outer second header 622 is used to collect the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second microchannel 611;
- the microchannel 611 is a U-shaped flow path.
- the heat exchanger 6 includes a heat exchange body 61
- the heat exchange body 61 includes a first tube body 614 and a second tube body 615 which are nested with each other.
- the first tube body 614 is provided with a plurality of first microchannels 610
- the second tube body 615 is provided with a plurality of second microchannels 611.
- the microchannels 612 shown in 2 are the same, so the length of the heat exchange main body 61 is shortened, thereby reducing the volume of the heat exchanger 6 .
- the plurality of first microchannels 610 of the first tube body 614 serve as the first heat exchange channels 610 of the heat exchanger 6
- the plurality of second microchannels 611 of the second tube body 615 serve as the second heat exchange channels of the heat exchanger 6 611.
- the extending direction of the first microchannel 610 and the extending direction of the second microchannel 611 are parallel to each other, for example, the extending direction of the first microchannel 610 and the extending direction of the second microchannel 611 are the same.
- the first tube body 614 is sleeved on the outside of the second tube body 615 , and at least one flat surface 616 is provided on the outer surface of the first tube body 614 to form the heat exchange contact surface of the first tube body 614 , As shown in Figure 8. Heat dissipating components or electronic components can be arranged on the plane 616 for easy installation.
- the second tube body 615 can be sleeved on the outside of the first tube body 614 .
- the first refrigerant flow flows through a plurality of first microchannels 610
- the second refrigerant flow flows through a plurality of second microchannels 611
- the secondary refrigerant flow may be a gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant flow.
- the second refrigerant stream absorbs heat from the first refrigerant stream of the plurality of first microchannels 610 during its flow along the plurality of second microchannels 611 and is further vaporized, so that the first refrigerant stream is further subcooled.
- the first refrigerant flow and the second refrigerant flow may adopt other arrangements described above.
- the cross-sectional area of the heat exchange main body 61 is increased, and the pressure loss of the refrigerant flow can be reduced.
- the first tube body 614 is sleeved on the outside of the second tube body 615, which can increase the heat exchange area between the plurality of first microchannels 610 and the plurality of second microchannels 611, and increase the heat exchange area between the first heat exchange channels 610 and the second microchannels 611. The heat exchange efficiency between the heat exchange channels 611 .
- the heat exchanger 6 further includes a header assembly 62, the header assembly 62 includes a first header 621 and a second header 622, the first header 621 is provided with a first header The second header 622 is provided with a second header channel.
- the cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 is an I-shape, for example, the cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 is an I-shape. In other embodiments, the cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 may be L-shaped, U-shaped, G-shaped, or circular.
- the first header channel is connected to the first microchannel 610 to provide the first refrigerant flow to the plurality of first microchannels 610 through the first header channel and/or to collect the first refrigerant flowing through the plurality of first microchannels 610 flow.
- the number of the first headers 621 is two, and the two first headers 621 are respectively connected to both ends of the first pipe body 614 so as to use one of the two first headers 621 to connect to the plurality of first headers 621 .
- the microchannel 610 provides the first refrigerant flow; and utilizes the other of the two first headers 621 to collect the first refrigerant flow flowing through the plurality of first microchannels 610 .
- the second header channel is connected to the second microchannel 611 to provide the second refrigerant flow to the plurality of second microchannels 611 through the second header channel and/or collect the second refrigerant flowing through the plurality of second microchannels 611 flow.
- the number of the second headers 622 is two, and the two second headers 622 are respectively connected to both ends of the second pipe body 615 , so as to use one of the two second headers 622 to connect to the plurality of second headers 622 .
- the microchannel 611 provides the second refrigerant flow; and the second refrigerant flow flowing through the plurality of second microchannels 611 is collected by the other of the two second headers 622 .
- the heat exchange body 61 may include at least two groups of first and second pipes 614 and 615 spaced apart from each other in a vertical direction of the extending direction.
- the at least two groups of first pipe bodies 614 and second pipe bodies 615 may include a first group of first pipe bodies 614 and second pipe bodies 615 nested with each other, and a second group of first pipe bodies 614 nested with each other and the second pipe body 615, the first group of the first pipe body 614 and the second pipe body 615 nested with each other and the second group of the first pipe body 614 and the second pipe body 615 nested with each other along the vertical direction of the extending direction interval setting.
- the same end of the first pipe body 614 in the at least two groups of the first pipe body 614 and the second pipe body 615 is connected to the same first header 621 , and the at least two groups of the first pipe body 614 and the second pipe body
- the same end of the second pipe body 615 in 615 is connected to the same second header 622, which can reduce the cost.
- the header assembly 62 can also be in the various header arrangements described above, such as the above-described arrangement of the first header 621 and the second header 622 spaced apart from each other, the overall header 623 and the spacer.
- the arrangement of the flow plates 624, or the arrangement of the first header 621 and the second header 622 are nested with each other.
- the first tube body 614 together with the first microchannel 610 thereon and the second tube body 615 together with the second microchannel 611 thereon can be matched with the above-mentioned collecting tube in the manner described above, which is not described here. Repeat.
- the heat exchanger has a first plate body and a second plate body stacked on top of each other
- the heat exchanger 6 includes a heat exchange body 61 , and the heat exchange body 61 includes a first plate body 631 and a second plate body 632 , and the first plate body 631 and the second plate body 632 are stacked on each other.
- the first plate body 631 is provided with a plurality of first microchannels 610, and the second plate body 632 is provided with a plurality of second microchannels 611.
- the microchannels 612 shown in 2 are the same, and are not repeated here. Therefore, the length of the heat exchange body 61 is shortened, thereby reducing the volume of the heat exchanger 6 .
- the plurality of first microchannels 610 of the first plate body 631 serve as the first heat exchange channels 610 of the heat exchanger 6
- the plurality of second microchannels 611 of the second plate body 632 serve as the second heat exchange channels of the heat exchanger 6 611.
- the extending direction of the first microchannel 610 and the extending direction of the second microchannel 611 are parallel to each other, for example, the extending direction of the first microchannel 610 and the extending direction of the second microchannel 611 are the same.
- the contact area between the first plate body 631 and the second plate body 632 is increased, so as to increase the space between the first heat exchange channel 610 and the second heat exchange channel 611 heat exchange area and improve heat exchange efficiency.
- the first refrigerant flow flows through a plurality of first microchannels 610
- the second refrigerant flow flows through a plurality of second microchannels 611
- the secondary refrigerant flow may be a gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant flow.
- the second refrigerant stream absorbs heat from the first refrigerant stream of the plurality of first microchannels 610 during its flow along the plurality of second microchannels 611 and is further vaporized, so that the first refrigerant stream is further subcooled.
- the first refrigerant flow and the second refrigerant flow may also adopt other arrangements described above.
- the number of the first plate bodies 631 may be two, and the second plate body 632 is sandwiched between the two first plate bodies 631 , for example, the first plate body 631 , the second plate body 632 and the The first plate bodies 631 are stacked in sequence.
- the second plate body 632 is sandwiched between the two first plate bodies 631, so that the second refrigerant flow of the second plate body 632 absorbs heat to the first refrigerant flow of the two first plate bodies 631 at the same time, Subcooling of the first refrigerant flow of the two first plates 631 is achieved.
- the heat dissipation element or electronic element can be arranged to be thermally connected with the first plate body 631 , for example, the heat dissipation element or electronic element can be disposed on the surface of the first plate body 631 away from the second plate body 632 for easy installation.
- the two first plate bodies 631 may be two independent plate bodies.
- the two first plates 631 may also be integrally connected in a U-shape.
- the first microchannels 610 in the two first plates 631 are connected in a U-shape, so that the first microchannels 610 The inlet and outlet are located on the same side of the heat exchange body 61 .
- the number of the second plate bodies 632 may be two, and the first plate body 631 is sandwiched between the two second plate bodies 632 .
- the heat dissipating element or the electronic element may be arranged to be thermally connected with the second plate body 632 .
- the heat exchanger 6 further includes a header assembly 62.
- the header assembly 62 includes a first header 621 and a second header 622.
- the first header 621 is provided with a first header
- the second header 622 is provided with a second header channel.
- the cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 is an I-shape.
- the cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 may be L-shaped, U-shaped, G-shaped, or circular.
- the first header channel is connected to the first microchannel 610 to provide the first refrigerant flow to the plurality of first microchannels 610 through the first header channel and/or to collect the first refrigerant flowing through the plurality of first microchannels 610 flow.
- the number of the first headers 621 is two, and the two first headers 621 are respectively connected to both ends of the first plate body 631, so as to use one of the two first headers 621 to connect to the plurality of first headers 621 .
- the microchannel 610 provides the first refrigerant flow; and utilizes the other of the two first headers 621 to collect the first refrigerant flow flowing through the plurality of first microchannels 610 .
- the second header channel is connected to the second microchannel 611 to provide the second refrigerant flow to the plurality of second microchannels 611 through the second header channel and/or collect the second refrigerant flowing through the plurality of second microchannels 611 flow.
- the number of the second headers 622 is two, and the two second headers 622 are respectively connected to both ends of the second plate body 632 , so as to use one of the two second headers 622 to connect to the plurality of second headers 622 .
- the microchannel 611 provides the second refrigerant flow; and the second refrigerant flow flowing through the plurality of second microchannels 611 is collected by the other of the two second headers 622 .
- the heat exchange body 61 may include at least two groups of first and second plates 631 and 632 spaced apart from each other in a vertical direction of the extending direction.
- the heat exchange main body 61 includes three groups of first plates 631 and second plates 632 , and the three groups of first plates 631 and second plates 632 are along the extending direction of the first microchannel 610 or The second microchannels 611 are arranged at intervals in the vertical direction of the extending direction.
- the same end of the first plate body 631 in the at least two groups of the first plate body 631 and the second plate body 632 is connected to the same first header 621, and the at least two groups of the first plate body 631 and the second plate body
- the same end of the second plate body 632 in the 632 is connected to the same second header 622, for example, the same end of all the first plate bodies 631 of the heat exchange main body 61 is connected to the same first header 621, heat exchange The same ends of all the second plates 632 of the main body 61 are connected to the same second header 622, thereby reducing the cost.
- the first header 621 and the second header 622 are arranged at intervals along the extending direction of the heat exchange body 61 .
- the second plate body 632 penetrates through the first header 621 and is inserted into the second header 622, wherein the first header 621 is disposed between the second header 622 and the heat exchange body 61, and the second plate body 632 penetrates through the first header 621 and is inserted into the second header 622 and fixed by welding, and the first plate body 631 is inserted into the first header 621 and fixed by welding.
- the first plate body 631 may be connected to the first header 621 after passing through the second header 622 .
- the distance between the first header 621 and the second header 622 is R-2R, where R is the maximum cross-section of the first header 621 along the spacing direction of the first header 621 and the second header 622 size.
- the cross-sectional shapes of the first header 621 and the second header 622 may both be circular, and R is the diameter of the first header 621 or the diameter of the second header 622 . Further, as described above, when the cross-sectional shapes of the first header 621 and the second header 622 are non-circular, R is the diameter of the circumscribed circle of the first header 621 or the second header 622 .
- the header assembly 62 can also be the various header arrangements described above, such as the arrangement of the overall header 623 and the baffle plate 624 described above, or the first header 621 and the second header The arrangement in which the flow tubes 622 are nested within each other.
- the first plate body 631 together with the first microchannels 610 thereon and the second plate body 633 and the second microchannels 611 thereon can all be matched with the above-mentioned collectors in the manner described above, which is not described here. Repeat.
- the above-mentioned heat exchanger 6 can also be used as a radiator (the radiator 6 will be described below).
- the upper part is used to dissipate heat for the electronic control box 7 and the electronic components 71 inside it. It is worth noting that, as understood by those skilled in the art, the radiator 6 mentioned here should include various forms of heat exchangers described above, and should not be limited to a specific embodiment.
- the electric control box 7 may include a box body 72 and an electronic component 71 .
- the box body 72 is provided with an installation cavity 721 , and the electronic component 71 is arranged in the installation cavity 721 .
- the box body 72 is generally made of sheet metal, and the electronic components 71 disposed in the installation cavity 721 can generally be compressors, fans, capacitors, electrical controls, common mode inductors, and the like.
- the box body 72 includes a top plate (not shown in the figure, arranged opposite to the bottom plate 723 to cover the opening of the installation cavity 721 ), a bottom plate 723 and a circumferential side plate 724 .
- the side plate 724 is connected to the top plate and the bottom plate 723 , thereby forming an installation cavity 721 .
- the bottom plate 723 and the top plate are rectangular, the number of circumferential side plates 724 is four, and the four circumferential side plates 724 are respectively connected to the corresponding side edges of the bottom plate 723 and the top plate, and further connected to the bottom plate 723 It is enclosed with the top plate to form a cuboid-shaped electric control box 7 .
- the size of the long side of the bottom plate 723 is the length of the electric control box 7
- the size of the short side of the bottom plate 723 is the width of the electric control box 7 .
- the height of the circumferential side plate 724 perpendicular to the bottom plate 723 is the height of the electric control box 7 . As shown in FIG.
- the length of the electric control box 7 in the X direction is the length of the electric control box 7
- the length of the electric control box 7 in the Y direction is the height of the electric control box 7
- the electric control box 7 in the Z direction is the height of the electric control box 7 .
- the length in the direction is the width of the electric control box 7 .
- the shapes of the bottom plate 723 and the top plate of the box body 72 can also be circular, trapezoidal, triangular, etc.
- the circumferential side plates 724 are also arranged around the outer circumference of the bottom plate 723 to form other shapes of electric control
- the shape of the box 7 and the electric control box 7 can be specifically set as required, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the main body of heat exchange is L-shaped and U-shaped
- the heat exchange body 61 is arranged in a straight shape, as shown in FIG. 10 , the heat exchange body 61 has an overall length, an overall width and an overall height.
- the overall length is the length of the heat exchange main body 61 along the extending direction thereof, that is, the length of the heat exchange main body 61 along the X direction shown in FIG. 10 .
- the overall width is the length of the heat exchange body 61 in the direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the heat exchange body 61 and perpendicular to the plane where the heat exchange body 61 is located, that is, the length of the heat exchange body 61 along the Y direction shown in FIG. 10 .
- the overall height is the length of the heat exchange body 61 in the Z direction shown in FIG. 10 .
- the plane where the heat exchange body 61 is located refers to the plane where the header assembly 62 is located, that is, the XOZ plane shown in FIG. 10 .
- the extension length of the heat exchange main body 61 needs to be increased to increase the heat exchange area under the condition that the cross-sectional dimension of the radiator 6 remains unchanged, thereby improving the heat exchange effect. If a straight heat exchange main body 61 is used, the overall length of the heat exchange main body 61 will be long, and the volume of the electric control box 7 matched with the radiator 6 will be larger, which is not conducive to the miniaturized design of the electric control box 7 .
- the heat exchange body 61 in order to reduce the overall length of the heat exchange body 61, can be divided into a first extension part 617 and a second extension part 618, and the second extension part 618 is connected to the first extension part 618.
- the end of the portion 617 is bent toward one side of the first extension portion 617 .
- the overall length of the heat exchange body 61 can be reduced on the condition that the heat exchange body 61 has a sufficiently long extension length , so that the length of the electric control box 7 matched with the heat sink 6 along the X direction can be reduced, so as to reduce the volume of the electric control box 7 .
- the heat exchange main body 61 can be arranged on the bottom plate 723 of the electric control box 7 .
- the first extension portion 617 can be arranged parallel to the bottom plate 723 to make full use of the lengthwise dimension of the bottom plate 723 to set the heat exchange main body 61 as long as possible to improve the heat exchange effect.
- the second extension 618 may be arranged parallel to the circumferential side plate 724 to reduce the space occupied by the second extension 618 in the X direction.
- first extension portion 617 may abut against the bottom plate 723 or be spaced from the bottom plate 723
- second extension portion 618 may abut against the circumferential side plate 724 or be spaced from the circumferential side plate 724 .
- the embodiment is not specifically limited.
- the heat exchange main body 61 may be disposed on the circumferential side plate 724 of the electric control box 7 .
- the first extension portion 617 can be arranged to be parallel to one of the circumferential side plates 724
- the second extension portion 618 can be arranged to be parallel to the circumferential side plate 724 adjacent to the circumferential side plate 724 to dissipate heat.
- the device 6 is arranged on one side of the installation cavity 721 .
- the heat exchange main body 61 may also be fixed at other positions of the electric control box 7 according to the arrangement positions of the electronic components 71 and the like, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the number of the second extension parts 618 may be one, and one second extension part 618 is connected to one end of the first extension part 617 , so that the heat exchange main body 61 is L-shaped.
- the number of the second extension parts 618 may be two, and the two second extension parts 618 are respectively connected to opposite ends of the first extension part 617 and are respectively bent to the same side of the first extension part 617 . fold.
- the two second extending portions 618 may be disposed at opposite ends of the first extending portion 617 in parallel and spaced apart, so as to further reduce the overall length of the heat exchanging main body 61 while ensuring the heat exchange effect of the heat exchanging main body 61 , reducing the volume of the radiator 6 .
- the two second extending portions 618 are bent and arranged on the same side of the first extending portion 617, and are located on opposite sides of the first extending portion 617 relative to the two second extending portions 618, which can also facilitate shortening the heat sink. 6 overall width.
- the two second extension parts 618 may be perpendicular to the first extension part 617 to form a U-shaped heat exchange body 61 .
- the two second extension parts 618 may be perpendicular to the first extension part 617 to form a U-shaped heat exchange body 61 .
- the space occupied by the second extending portion 618 in the X direction can be reduced, avoiding the two second extending portions 618 and the electronic components 71 disposed in the mounting cavity 721 . interfere.
- the two second extension parts 618 may also be inclined relative to the first extension part 617 , and the inclination angles of the two second extension parts 618 relative to the first extension part 617 may be the same or different, so as to shorten the electric control box 7 the overall width.
- the extension length of the first extension part 617 is set to be greater than the extension length of the second extension part 618 , so that the first extension part 617 is arranged along the length direction of the electric control box 7 , and the second extension part 618 is arranged along the length direction of the electric control box 7 . 7 for width or height direction settings.
- the number of radiators 6 disposed in the installation cavity 721 can be one, and one radiator 6 can be extended in the installation cavity 721 along the length direction of the box body 72 .
- a heat sink 6 may be extended in the installation cavity 721 along the height direction of the box body 72 .
- the number of the heat sinks 6 provided in the installation cavity 721 may be at least two, for example, the number of the heat sinks 6 may be two, three, four or five, and so on.
- the number of the heat sinks 6 may be two, three, four or five, and so on.
- the number of radiators 6 disposed in the installation cavity 721 can be two, and the heat exchange bodies 61 of the two radiators 6 are both L-shaped, and the two radiators 6 are along the length direction of the electric control box 7 .
- (X direction) spaced apart that is, the first extension parts 617 of the two heat sinks 6 are spaced apart along the length direction (X direction) of the electric control box 7, and the second extension parts 618 of the two heat sinks 6 are located at two One side of the first extending portion 617 away from each other is to avoid interference with the electronic components 71 disposed in the mounting cavity 721 .
- the two radiators 6 may also be arranged side by side and at intervals along the width direction (Z direction) of the electric control box 7 , that is, the first extending parts 617 of the two radiators 6 are arranged along the length direction (Z direction) of the electric control box 7 .
- the fixing structure of the economizer is complicated and the installation efficiency is low.
- the radiator 6 in the embodiment of the present application is arranged in a plate shape, which can facilitate the installation and fixing of the radiator 6, thereby improving the assembly efficiency.
- the electric control box 7 may include a fixing bracket 73 , and the fixing bracket 73 is connected between the heat exchange main body 61 and the box body 72 to fix the heat exchange main body 61 to the electric control box 7 .
- the fixing bracket 73 is connected between the heat exchange main body 61 and the box body 72 to fix the heat exchange main body 61 to the electric control box 7 .
- the fixing bracket 73 may be connected between the first extending portion 617 and the circumferential side plate 724 , and the fixing bracket 73 may also be connected between the second extending portion 618 and the circumferential side plate 724 , the connection structure is generally the same.
- the following takes the example of the connection between the first extension portion 617 and the circumferential side plate 724 of the fixing bracket 73 to describe the connection structure of the heat exchange main body 61 and the box body 72 .
- the fixing bracket 73 may include a first fixing portion 731 and a second fixing portion 732 that are connected by bending, the first fixing portion 731 is welded to the first extending portion 617 , and the second fixing portion 732 is connected to the circumferential side. Plate 724 is fastened.
- the first fixing portion 731 is welded on one of the main surfaces of the heat exchange body 61 to increase the welding area between the fixing bracket 73 and the heat exchange body 61 and improve the welding strength.
- the second fixing portion 732 may be connected to the circumferential side plate 724 by means of screw connection, snap connection, or adhesion, so as to facilitate maintenance or replacement of the radiator 6 .
- the main surface of the heat exchange body 61 refers to the surface with a larger surface area of the heat exchange body 61.
- the main surface of the heat exchange body 61 refers to the surface parallel to the XOZ plane. .
- the second fixing portion 732 is vertically connected with the first fixing portion 731 to form an L-shaped fixing bracket 73 .
- the force of the fixing bracket 73 can be made more uniform.
- the fixing bracket 73 may include a first fixing part 731 , a second fixing part 732 and a third fixing part 733 which are connected by bending, and the first fixing part 731 and the third fixing part 733 are relatively spaced apart and connected to each other.
- the second fixing portion 732 and the bottom plate 723 are spaced apart to form a clamping groove 734.
- the first extension portion 617 can be welded to the side of the second fixing portion 732 away from the clamping groove 734.
- the heat exchange main body 61 and the bottom plate 723 can be spaced apart to disconnect the heat exchange main body 61 and the electric control box 7 to avoid heat exchange between the heat exchange main body 61 and the electric control box 7 and reduce the heat dissipation efficiency of the radiator 6 .
- first fixing portion 731 and the third fixing portion 733 are connected to opposite ends of the second fixing portion 732 by bending, and are located on the same side of the second fixing portion 732 to enclose a grooved clamping groove. 734.
- the ends of the first fixing portion 731 and the third fixing portion 733 away from the second fixing portion 732 are connected to the bottom plate 723 .
- the connection method between the second fixing portion 732 and the heat exchange main body 61 can be the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the connection method between the first fixing portion 731 and the third fixing portion 733 and the bottom plate 723 can be the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment. Please refer to the descriptions in the above embodiments, which are not repeated here.
- the first extension portion 617 may be disposed in the clamping groove 734, and the first extension portion 617 abuts against the bottom plate 723 and the second fixing portion 732 on opposite sides along the entire width direction of the heat exchange body 61, respectively.
- the extending portion 617 abuts against the first fixing portion 731 and the third fixing portion 733 on opposite sides along the overall height direction of the heat exchange body 61 , so as to keep the first extending portion 617 fixed.
- fixing brackets can be used to fix various forms of heat sinks disclosed in the present application, and the fixing positions thereof are not limited to the specific positions described above.
- the radiator is set in the electric control box
- the radiator 6 is arranged in the installation cavity 721 of the electric control box 7 .
- the heat sink 6 can be thermally connected to the electronic components 71 provided in the mounting cavity 721 to dissipate heat for the electronic components 71 .
- the electronic component 71 can be thermally connected to the first extension portion 617 and/or the second extension portion 618 .
- the various forms of heat sinks 6 disclosed in this application can also be arranged in the installation cavity 721 of the electrical control box 7 or applied to the heat dissipation of the electrical control box 7, and can be directly or It is thermally connected to the electronic component 71 in an indirect manner.
- the electronic element 71 can be thermally connected to the first extension portion 617 , and the electronic element 71 can be arranged with the second extension portion 618 On the same side of the first extension portion 617 , the height of the electric control box 7 is shortened, that is, the dimension along the Y direction.
- the electronic element 71 can be thermally connected to the second extension portion 618, and specifically, the electronic element 71 can be disposed on the side of the second extension portion 618 facing the first extension portion 617, so as to shorten the length of the electric control box 7, that is, Dimensions along the X direction.
- the electronic components 71 may also be partially disposed on the first extending portion 617 and partially disposed on the second extending portion 618 , so that the electronic components 71 are evenly distributed.
- a heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can also be arranged in the electric control box 7 , the electronic components 71 can be arranged on the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 , and then the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be arranged on the heat exchange main body 61 . , so that the electronic components 71 and the heat exchange main body 61 are thermally connected through the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 , so that the installation efficiency of the electronic components 71 can be greatly improved.
- the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 may be disposed on the first extension portion 617 and/or the second extension portion 618, and the electronic components 71 may be disposed on the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 away from the first extension portion 617 and/or the second extension part 618 on one side.
- the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be disposed on the main surface of the heat exchange body 61 to increase the contact area between the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 and the heat exchange body 61 , thereby improving the heat conduction efficiency.
- the main surface of the heat exchange body 61 has a larger support surface for the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 , which can improve the installation stability of the electronic components 71 .
- the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be made of a metal plate or an alloy plate with good thermal conductivity.
- the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be made of an aluminum plate, a copper plate, an aluminum alloy plate, etc. to improve the heat conduction efficiency.
- a heat pipe 741 can also be embedded in the heat dissipation fixing plate 74.
- the heat pipe 741 is used to rapidly conduct heat from a relatively concentrated high-density heat source and then spread it to the entire surface of the heat dissipation fixing plate 74, so that the heat dissipation fixing plate
- the heat distribution on the 74 is uniform, and the heat exchange effect between the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 and the heat exchange main body 61 is enhanced.
- the heat pipes 741 may be arranged in a strip shape, the number of the heat pipes 741 may include multiple, and the multiple heat pipes 741 may be arranged in parallel and spaced apart.
- the plurality of heat pipes 741 may also be connected in sequence in a ring shape or a frame shape, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the radiator is set outside the electric control box
- the radiator 6 is disposed outside the electric control box 7 , an assembly port 726 can be opened on the box body 72 of the electric control box 7 , and the electronic components 71 are thermally connected to the heat sink 6 through the assembly port 726 .
- the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be connected to the heat sink 6 and the mounting opening 726 can be blocked, and the electronic components 71 can be arranged on the surface of the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 away from the heat sink 6 .
- a heat pipe 741 may be provided to thermally connect the electronic component 71 and the heat sink 6 .
- the heat pipe 741 may include a heat absorption end 741a and a heat release end 741b, and the heat absorption end 741a of the heat pipe 741 may be inserted into the interior of the mounting cavity 721 and thermally connected with the electronic component 71 for absorbing the heat of the electronic component 71.
- the radiating end 741b of the heat pipe 741 is disposed outside the electric control box 7 and is thermally connected to the radiator 6 to dissipate heat from the radiating end 741b of the heat pipe 741 by the radiator 6 .
- the heat generated by the electronic components 71 is relatively large, and the electric control box 7 is usually a relatively closed environment, if the heat in the electric control box 7 cannot be discharged in time, the temperature in the installation cavity 721 of the electric control box 7 will be caused. higher, as such, the electronic components 71 may be damaged. Although the refrigerant flowing in the radiator 6 disposed in the installation cavity 721 will take away part of the heat, the heat dissipation performance of the electronic control box 7 is still poor.
- heat dissipation fins 75 can be provided in the electric control box 7 , and the heat dissipation fins 75 can be thermally connected to the heat exchange body 61 , so as to use the heat dissipation fins 75 to enlarge the heat exchange body 61 .
- the contact area with the air in the electric control box 7 facilitates heat exchange with the air, reduces the temperature in the installation cavity 721 , and protects the electronic components 71 .
- one of the electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation fins 75 may be disposed on the first extending portion 617, and the other of the electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation fins 75 may be disposed on the second extending portion 618, so that the The electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation fins 75 are staggered to avoid interference between the electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation fins 75, and the distance between the electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation fins 75 is set to be larger, so as to make the distance between the electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation fins 75 larger.
- the temperature of the refrigerant in contact with the electronic components 71 is lower, so as to improve the heat dissipation effect of the heat exchange body 61 .
- the number of the heat dissipation fins 75 may be one, and the size of the heat dissipation fins 75 along the overall height direction of the heat exchange body 61 is greater than the overall height of the heat exchange body 61 .
- the heat dissipation fins 75 may be connected to the surface of the heat exchange body 61 by welding, bonding or fastening.
- the connection between the heat dissipation fins 75 and the heat exchange main body 61 can be facilitated, and the installation efficiency of the heat dissipation fins 75 and the heat exchange main body 61 can be improved;
- the contact area between the heat dissipation fins 75 and the air can be increased to enhance the heat exchange effect.
- the number of heat dissipation fins 75 can be multiple, and the size of each heat dissipation fin 75 along the overall height direction of the heat exchange body 61 is equal to the size of each plate body along the overall height direction of the heat exchange body 61 .
- Each heat dissipation fin 75 is attached to a plate body, and a plurality of heat dissipation fins 75 can be arranged at intervals along the overall height direction of the heat exchange body 61 to increase the contact area between the heat dissipation fins 75 and the air.
- the heat dissipation fins 75 can also extend to the outside of the electric control box, for example, an assembly opening is provided on the box body 72, the heat exchange body 61 is arranged in the box body 72, and is thermally connected with the electronic components 71, while One side of the heat dissipation fins 75 is thermally connected to the heat exchange main body 61 and extends to the outside of the box body 72 through the assembly port, and can further improve the heat dissipation capability of the heat exchange main body 61 through the assistance of air cooling.
- heat dissipation fin structure is applicable to various forms of heat exchangers described in this application, and should not be limited to a specific embodiment.
- the structure of the heat sink 6 in this embodiment is substantially the same as the structure of the heat sink 6 in the above-mentioned embodiment, the difference is that in this embodiment, the heat sink 6 further includes a third extension portion 619 .
- the first extension portion 617 and the third extension portion 619 are arranged side by side and spaced apart, and the second extension portion 618 is connected between adjacent ends of the first extension portion 617 and the third extension portion 619 .
- the third extension portion 619 is connected to the end of the second extension portion 618 away from the first extension portion 617 , and is bent toward the side of the second extension portion 618 toward the first extension portion 617 so as to be connected with the first extension portion 617 . 617 interval settings. In this way, the overall length and width of the heat exchange body 61 can be reduced while the extension length of the heat exchange body 61 is kept unchanged, so as to further reduce the volume of the electric control box 7 matched with the radiator 6 .
- the number of the second extension parts 618 is two, and the two second extension parts 618 are respectively bent and connected to opposite ends of the first extension part 617 , and the number of the third extension parts 619 is For one, a third extension 619 is provided at the end of one of the second extensions 618 away from the first extension 617, and is bent toward the direction of the other second extension 618 to form a G-shaped heat exchange main body 61.
- the number of the second extension parts 618 can also be set to one, one second extension part 618 is bent and connected to one end of the first extension part 617 , the number of the third extension parts 619 is one, and one third extension part 619 It is provided at the end of the second extension portion 618 away from the first extension portion 617 , and is bent toward the direction of the first extension portion 617 .
- the number of the second extension parts 618 can be set to two, the two second extension parts 618 are respectively connected to opposite ends of the first extension part 617 by bending, and the number of the third extension parts 619 is two, two The third extension parts 619 are respectively connected to the ends of the two second extension parts 618 away from the first extension part 617 , and extend toward each other to further reduce the overall length of the heat exchange body 61 .
- the third extension part 619 can be arranged in parallel with the first extension part 617 and spaced apart to prevent the third extension part 619 from increasing the overall width of the heat exchange body 61 , and can also facilitate the extension between the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619 .
- the electronic components 71 and the like are arranged in the interval of the part 619 to make full use of the internal space of the electric control box 7 .
- the electronic element 71 may be disposed on the first extension portion 617 and thermally connected to the first extension portion 617 , and the electronic element 71 is located in the interval between the first extension portion 617 and the third extension portion 619 .
- the electronic element 71 can also be disposed on the third extension part 619 and thermally connected with the third extension part 619 , and the electronic element 71 is located in the interval between the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619 .
- the electronic element 71 can also be disposed on the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619 at the same time, and the electronic element 71 can be thermally connected to the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619 at the same time, so as to further improve the heat sink
- the heat exchange between 6 and the electronic components 71 improves the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic components 71 .
- the electronic components 71 can be divided into those that are prone to failure and those that are not prone to failure according to the frequency of failure of the electronic components 71 during use. Since the space between the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619 is small, it is inconvenient to disassemble and assemble the electronic component 71. Therefore, in this embodiment, the electronic component 71 that is not prone to failure can be further arranged in the between the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619 to reduce the maintenance probability of the electronic component 71 .
- heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be fixed on the third extending portion 619 in addition to the manner in the above-mentioned embodiment.
- the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be disposed on the side of the third extending portion 619 facing the first extending portion 617, and the electronic components 71 can be disposed on the side of the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 facing the first extending portion 617, so that the The structures of the electronic components 71 and the heat exchange main body 61 are more compact, so as to avoid excessive occupation of the internal space of the electric control box 7 .
- the heat dissipation fins 75 can be fixed on the first extension part 617 and/or the second extension part 618 in the manner in the above-mentioned embodiment, and can also be fixed on the third extension part 619 .
- one of the heat dissipation fins 75 and the electronic element 71 can be disposed on the first extension portion 617 , and the other of the heat dissipation fin 75 and the electronic element 71 can be disposed on the second extension portion 618 and/or the third extension portion 619, so as to stagger the heat dissipation fins 75 and the electronic components 71 from each other.
- the number of heat dissipation fins 75 may be one, and one heat dissipation fin 75 is disposed on the second extension portion 618 or the third extension portion 619 .
- the number of the heat dissipation fins 75 may also be two, and the two heat dissipation fins 75 are respectively disposed on the second extension portion 618 and the third extension portion 619 to increase the contact area between the heat dissipation fins 75 and the air, and improve the The heat dissipation effect of the radiator 6.
- the heat dissipation plate is set in a position where the temperature of the radiator is higher
- the electrical control box 7 in this embodiment includes a box body 72 , a heat sink 6 and electronic components 71 .
- the box body 72 is provided with a mounting cavity 721 , and the heat sink 6 is at least partially arranged in the mounting cavity 721 , and the electronic components 71 is arranged in the installation cavity 721 .
- the structures of the box body 72 and the radiator 6 are substantially the same as those in the above embodiments, please refer to the descriptions in the above embodiments.
- the heat exchange main body 61 may be entirely disposed in the installation cavity 721 of the electric control box 7 , and the heat exchange main body 61 may also be partially disposed in the installation cavity 721 of the electric control box 7 and partially protrude out of the electric control box 7 . , for connection with the header assembly 62 and external piping.
- the flow of the refrigerant flow makes the temperature of the radiator 6 lower, and the temperature in the installation cavity 721 of the electric control box 7 is higher due to the heat generated by the electronic components 71 in the electric control box 7.
- the air with a higher temperature in the electric control box 7 contacts When it reaches the radiator 6 , it is easy to condense, and condensed water is formed on the surface of the radiator 6 . If the generated condensed water flows to the position of the electronic components 71 , the electronic components 71 may be easily short-circuited or damaged, and a fire hazard may be more serious.
- the heat exchange body 61 can be divided into a first end 61a and a second end 61b along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow, and the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 is in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b.
- the temperature of the first end 61a is gradually decreased, that is, the temperature of the first end 61a is higher than that of the second end 61b.
- the electronic component 71 is disposed at a position close to the first end 61 a and thermally connects the electronic component 71 with the heat exchange body 61 .
- the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 described above and below refers to the surface temperature of the heat exchange body 61 .
- the surface temperature change of the heat exchange body 61 is determined by the heat exchange channels adjacent to the surface.
- the surface temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 is The refrigerant flow direction along the main road channel gradually decreases, and at this time, the first end 61a is located upstream of the second end 61b along the refrigerant flow direction of the main road channel.
- the heat exchange channel adjacent to the surface of the heat exchange main body 61 is an auxiliary road channel
- the surface temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 gradually decreases and increases along the refrigerant flow direction of the auxiliary road channel.
- the first end 61a is located along the refrigerant flow direction of the auxiliary road channel. Downstream of the second end 61b.
- the heat exchange body 61 by dividing the heat exchange body 61 into a first end 61a with a higher temperature and a second end 61b with a lower temperature according to the temperature change on the heat exchange body 61, because the first end 61a with a higher temperature and the hot air The temperature difference between them is small, and no condensed water is generated or the amount of condensed water produced is small.
- the electronic component 71 By arranging the electronic component 71 at a position close to the first end 61a, the probability that the electronic component 71 is in contact with the condensed water can be reduced, Further, the electronic components 71 are protected.
- the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 has an opposite trend of change from the first end 61a to the second end 61b, that is, in one mode, the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 gradually decreases from the first end 61a to the second end 61b , and in another mode, the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 gradually increases from the first end 61a to the second end 61b.
- the ambient temperature is low, for example, when the air conditioner works for heating in winter, the temperature of the air in the electrical control box 7 is low, and at this time, the temperature difference between the air in the electrical control box 7 and the radiator 6 Smaller, the air does not easily condense to form condensed water.
- the ambient temperature is high, for example, when the air conditioner works for cooling in summer, the temperature of the air in the electric control box 7 is relatively high, the temperature difference between the air in the electric control box 7 and the radiator 6 is relatively large, and the air Easily condensed to form condensed water.
- the temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 may be gradually decreased in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b, so as to prevent the radiator 6 from being in the cooling mode. Condensed water is produced.
- arranging the electronic component 71 at a position close to the first end 61a means that the electronic component 71 has a first distance between the thermally conductive connection position of the electronic component 71 on the heat exchange body 61 and the first end 61a, and is a distance from the second end 61a. There is a second distance between 61b, and the first distance is smaller than the second distance.
- the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 gradually decreases in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b, the temperature of the first end 61a is the highest, the temperature of the second end 61b is the lowest, and the heat exchange body 61
- the lower the temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 the greater the temperature difference with the hot air, and the easier it is for the condensed water to condense. That is, in the direction from the first end 61 a to the second end 61 b of the heat exchange body 61 , the probability of generating condensed water gradually increases.
- the electronic component 71 by arranging the electronic component 71 near the higher temperature end of the heat exchange body 61 , that is, at a position where condensed water is not easy to accumulate, the risk of contacting the electronic component 71 with the condensed water can be reduced, thereby protecting the electronic component 71 .
- the extending direction of the heat exchange body 61 can be set along the vertical direction, and the first end 61a can be set on the upper part of the second end 61b. In this way, when the heat exchange body 61 is close to the second end 61b When condensed water is generated at the position of , the condensed water will flow down in the vertical direction, that is, the condensed water will flow in a direction away from the electronic component 71 to prevent the electronic component 71 from contacting the condensed water.
- the extension direction of the heat exchange main body 61 can also be set in the horizontal direction as required, so that the condensed water generated near the second end 61b can be quickly separated from the heat exchange main body 61 under the action of gravity, so as to avoid contact with the electronic components 71 touch.
- the extending direction of the heat exchange main body 61 may also be inclined relative to the horizontal direction, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the structure of the heat sink 6 in this embodiment can be set to be the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, that is, a bent heat exchange body 61 is used.
- the structure of the heat sink 6 in this embodiment may also adopt a straight heat exchange body 61 .
- other types of heat sinks may also be used, and the specific structure of the heat sink 6 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- various heat sinks disclosed in the present application or other heat sinks known in the art may be used.
- the flow directions of the refrigerants used for heating or cooling are opposite, so that the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 along its extending direction changes with the working state of the air conditioner.
- the temperature of the first end 61a is always higher than the temperature of the second end 61b.
- the refrigerant in the first heat exchange channel 610 main circuit may flow in opposite directions in the cooling and heating modes.
- the electrical control box further includes a first one-way conduction device 701 , a second one-way conduction device 702 , a third one-way conduction device 703 and a fourth one-way conduction device 704 .
- the inlet of the first one-way conduction device 701 is connected to one end of the indoor unit (for example, the indoor heat exchanger 5 in FIG.
- the outlet of the first one-way conduction device 701 is connected to the header assembly 62 near the first end 61a
- the inlet of the second one-way conduction device 702 is connected to the header assembly 62 close to the second end 61b, and the outlet of the second one-way conduction device 702 is connected to one end of the indoor unit; the inlet of the third one-way conduction device 703 is connected to the throttle At one end of the valve (such as the expansion valve 13 in FIG.
- the outlet of the third one-way conducting device 703 is connected to the header assembly 62 near the first end 61a; the inlet of the fourth one-way conducting device 704 is connected to the second end In the header assembly 62 of 61b, the outlet of the fourth guiding and conducting device is connected to one end of the throttle valve.
- the air-conditioning system 1 is in the cooling mode, the refrigerant flow output by the compressor 2 flows to the outdoor heat exchanger 4 for heat exchange, the refrigerant flow continues to flow to the throttle valve (expansion valve 13), and then passes through the third one-way guide device 703.
- the header assembly 62 at the first end 61a flows through the heat exchange main body 61 to the second end 61b, whereby the refrigerant flow in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b exchanges heat with the auxiliary circuit ( That is, supercooling), so that the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 continuously decreases in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b.
- the refrigerant flowing out from the second end 61b flows through the second one-way conduction device 702 and then is discharged to the indoor heat exchanger 5 for heat exchange.
- the air-conditioning system 1 is in the heating mode, the refrigerant flow output by the compressor 2 flows to the indoor heat exchanger 5 for heat exchange, the refrigerant flow continues to flow to the electronic control box 7, and enters through the first one-way conduction device 701 near the first end. 61a of the header assembly 62, and flows to the second end 61b through the heat exchange main body 61, whereby the refrigerant flow in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b exchanges heat with the auxiliary circuit (ie, passes through cold), so that the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 decreases continuously in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b.
- the refrigerant flowing out from the second end 61b flows through the fourth one-way valve 704 and then is discharged to the throttle valve, and enters the outdoor heat exchanger 4 for heat exchange.
- the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange body 61 can be fixed, thereby ensuring that the electronic components 71 are always located in the heat exchange body 61 The side with the higher temperature, avoid contact with the condensed water produced.
- the first one-way conduction device 701, the second one-way conduction device 702, the third one-way conduction device 703 and the fourth one-way conduction device 704 can all be set as one-way valves.
- the first one-way conduction device 701, the second one-way conduction device 702, the third one-way conduction device 703 and the fourth one-way conduction device 704 can also be configured as solenoid valves, and the type of the one-way conduction device is not specified in this embodiment of the present application. Specific restrictions.
- the electric control box 7 in this embodiment includes a box body 72 , a mounting plate 76 , an electronic component 71 and a heat sink 6 .
- the box body 72 is provided with an installation cavity 721, and the installation plate 76 is disposed in the installation cavity 721, so that the installation cavity 721 forms a first cavity 7212 and a second cavity 7214 on both sides of the installation board 76, and the electronic components 71 are provided with In the second chamber 7214, at least part of the heat exchange body 61 is disposed in the first chamber 7212, and is thermally connected with the electronic components 71.
- the mounting plate 76 is used to block the condensed water on the radiator 6 from flowing into the second chamber. Room 7214.
- the mounting plate 76 By disposing the mounting plate 76 in the electrical control box 7 to separate the mounting cavity 721, and disposing the heat exchange main body 61 and the electronic component 71 in the independent first cavity 7212 and the second cavity 7214, respectively, it is possible to The electronic components 71 are completely isolated from the condensed water, so as to prevent the electronic components 71 from being short-circuited or damaged by contacting the condensed water.
- the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 may be used to indirectly connect the electronic components 71 and the heat exchange main body 61 .
- avoidance holes 762 may be provided at positions corresponding to the mounting plate 76 and the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 , the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 is connected to the heat exchange main body 61 and blocks the escape holes 762 , and the electronic components 71 are provided on the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 away from One side of the heat exchange body 61 .
- the electronic component 71 and the heat exchange main body 61 can be thermally connected by the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 , and the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214 can be separated by the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 to prevent condensed water from passing through the avoidance hole 762 It flows into the second chamber 7214 provided with the electronic components 71 , thereby preventing the condensed water from contacting the electronic components 71 .
- the condensed water will fall under the action of gravity after accumulating, and the dripping condensed water is not only prone to generate larger noise, but also the more dispersed condensed water is not Facilitate the discharge of the electric control box 7 .
- a baffle 77 can be provided in the electric control box 7 , and the baffle 77 is arranged on the lower side of the radiator 6 for collecting the condensed water dripping from the radiator 6 .
- the arrangement of the deflector plate 77 can not only reduce the drop height of the condensed water, thereby reducing noise, and the deflector plate 77 also has a certain accumulation effect on the condensed water, which is convenient for the condensed water to be collected and discharged from the electric control box 7 together.
- the radiator 6 is fixed on the bottom plate 723 of the electric control box 7, one end of the deflector 77 is connected to the bottom plate 723, the other end of the deflector 77 extends into the first chamber 7212, and the radiator The projection of 6 in the vertical direction falls on the inside of the deflector 77 . In this way, it can be ensured that the condensed water dripping from the radiator 6 is all located on the deflector 77 to prevent the condensed water from dripping to other positions of the electric control box 7 .
- the radiator 6 can also be arranged on the mounting plate 76. At this time, one end of the deflector 77 is connected to the mounting plate 76, and the other end of the deflector 77 extends toward the inside of the first chamber 7212, and the radiator The projection of 6 in the vertical direction falls on the inside of the deflector 77 .
- a drainage port 725 can also be opened on the bottom wall of the box body 72, and the deflector 77 is opposite to the box body.
- the bottom wall of 72 is inclined, and the condensed water is guided by the deflector plate 77 and then discharged from the box body 72 through the drain port 725 .
- a drain port 725 can be provided on the circumferential side plate 724 of the electric control box 7, and the deflector plate 77 is connected to the mounting plate 76 or the bottom plate 723 of the box body 72, and is inclined to the direction of the drain port 725 to prevent condensation. After the water droplets land on the deflector 77 , they will converge along the inclined deflector 77 to the position of the drain port 725 , and then discharge the electric control box 7 from the drain port 725 .
- the number and size of the drain ports 725 can be flexibly set according to the amount of condensed water, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 can be arranged in the horizontal direction, that is, the extension direction of the heat exchange main body 61 can be arranged in the horizontal direction, on the one hand, the flow of the condensed water on the heat exchange main body 61 can be shortened.
- the heat dissipation plate is set at a position where the temperature of the radiator is higher, and uses the condensed water to evaporate and absorb heat
- the electric control box 7 in this embodiment includes a box body 72 , a mounting plate 76 and a heat sink 6 .
- the box body 72 is provided with an installation cavity 721 , and the installation plate 76 is disposed in the installation cavity 721 , so that the installation cavity 721 forms a first cavity 7212 and a second cavity 7214 on both sides of the installation plate 76 .
- the first ventilation port 764 and the second ventilation port 766 are spaced apart, so that the gas in the first chamber 7212 flows into the second chamber 7214 through the first ventilation port 764, and the gas in the second chamber 7214 passes through the second ventilation Port 766 flows into first chamber 7212.
- At least part of the heat exchange main body 61 is disposed in the first chamber 7212 , and the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 is disposed along the spaced direction between the first ventilation port 764 and the second ventilation port 766 , and the temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 is Gradually increase in the direction from the second vent 766 to the first vent 764 , that is, the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 at a position close to the first vent 764 is higher than that at a position close to the second vent 766 .
- the refrigerant flow mentioned here may be the main refrigerant flow in the air conditioning system shown in FIG. 1 , or the auxiliary refrigerant flow.
- the heat exchange main body 61 may be arranged in a horizontal direction, a vertical direction or other directions, which are not limited herein. Meanwhile, the number, position and extension direction of the first ventilation openings 764 and the second ventilation openings 766 are also not limited.
- the amount of condensed water generated near the second vent 766 is relatively large.
- plate 76, and a first vent 764 and a second vent 766 are spaced along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow on the mounting plate 76.
- the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 is set along the interval direction of the first ventilation port 764 and the second ventilation port 766, including the flow direction of the refrigerant flow being parallel to the interval direction, and may include the flow direction of the refrigerant flow. There is a certain inclination angle with the spacing direction.
- an air conditioner generally has a cooling mode and a heating mode, there may be situations in which the refrigerant flows in opposite directions in these two modes. Therefore, it is prioritized to ensure that in the cooling mode, the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 gradually increases in the direction from the second vent 766 to the first vent 764 for the following reasons:
- the temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 may be gradually increased in the direction from the second vent 766 to the first vent 764 to avoid the radiator 6 Condensate water is produced in cooling mode.
- the electrical control box 7 may further include electronic components 71 , and the electronic components 71 are thermally connected to the radiator 6 , so that the electronic components 71 are dissipated by the radiator 6 .
- the electronic components 71 may be disposed in the first chamber 7212 .
- the electronic component 71 may be disposed at a position of the heat exchange main body 61 close to the first vent 764 and thermally connected with the heat exchange main body 61 .
- the airflow continuously exchanges heat with the radiator 6 , so that the temperature of the airflow gradually decreases, and due to the proximity to the first vent 764
- the temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 is relatively high, so the temperature difference between the air flow and the radiator 6 can be reduced, and the probability of the air flow condensing at the position of the heat exchange main body 61 close to the first ventilation port 764 can be reduced.
- the electronic components 71 can be prevented from contacting with condensed water, thereby protecting the electronic components 71 provided on the heat exchange body 61 .
- the first ventilation openings 764 and the second ventilation openings 766 may be arranged at intervals along the horizontal direction, and at this time, the extending direction of the heat exchange body 61 is also arranged along the horizontal direction.
- the condensed water will flow down in the vertical direction. Since the length of the heat exchange body 61 in the vertical direction is small, the condensed water flows for a certain distance. After that, it will be separated from the heat exchange main body 61, resulting in droplets of condensed water.
- the first vent 764 and the second vent 766 can be spaced apart in the vertical direction, and the first vent 764 is located on the upper part of the second vent 766, and the heat exchange body 61
- the extension direction of is also set along the vertical direction. At this time, when the amount of condensed water generated near the second vent 766 is too large to evaporate, the condensed water will flow down in the vertical direction. Since the length of the heat exchange body 61 in the vertical direction is long, the condensation will be prolonged.
- the flow path of the water increases the contact area between the hot air and the condensed water, thereby increasing the evaporation of the condensed water and preventing the condensed water from dripping.
- the condensed water can flow in the direction away from the electronic component 71 to avoid the electronic component. 71 is in contact with condensed water.
- the electronic components 71 may also be disposed in the second chamber 7214 and thermally connected to the heat sink 6 by using the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 .
- the connection manner of the electronic component 71 and the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment.
- a cooling fan 78 can be provided in the electric control box 7, so as to use the cooling fan 78 to strengthen the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber Convective effects of chamber 7214.
- a cooling fan 78 may be provided in the second chamber 7214 , and the cooling fan 78 provides forced convection in the second chamber 7214 from the second vent 766 to the first chamber 7212 .
- a cooling fan 78 is arranged in the chamber 7214, which can accelerate the flow of high-temperature air from the second vent 766 to the first chamber 7212, so as to increase the evaporation speed of the condensed water.
- the cooling fan 78 can be arranged at a position close to the first vent 764 to increase the distance between the cooling fan 78 and the second vent 766 and increase the radiation range of the cooling fan 78, so that the cooling fan 78 More air can be blown into the second vent 766 .
- a temperature sensor (not shown in the figure) can also be provided in the electric control box 7, and the temperature sensor is used to detect the temperature in the second chamber 7214, so that the temperature sensor detects the temperature in the second chamber 7214
- the cooling fan 78 is controlled to start working or increase the rotational speed.
- a temperature sensor may be provided in the second chamber 7214 of the electric control box 7 for detecting the temperature in the second chamber 7214 .
- the temperature sensor When the heat generated by the operation of the electronic components 71 is large and the temperature in the second chamber 7214 rises to exceed the temperature threshold, the temperature sensor is triggered, the temperature sensor transmits the high temperature trigger signal to the motherboard, and the motherboard turns on the cooling fan 78 to utilize heat dissipation
- the fan 78 accelerates the flow of the air in the second chamber 7214, accelerates the circulation speed of the air between the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214, and accelerates the evaporation speed of the condensed water.
- the temperature in the second chamber 7214 decreases and is lower than the temperature threshold, the temperature sensor is triggered, and the temperature sensor transmits a low temperature trigger signal to the motherboard, and the motherboard further turns off the cooling fan 78 to save energy.
- the size of the temperature threshold may be set as required, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- a heat dissipation plate is set upstream of the radiator, and a heat dissipation fin is set downstream
- the electric control box 7 includes a box body 72 , a heat sink 6 , an electronic component 71 and a heat dissipation fin 75 .
- the box body 72 is provided with an installation cavity 721, and at least part of the heat exchange main body 61 is disposed in the installation cavity 721; the electronic components 71 are thermally connected to the heat exchange main body 61 at the first position, and the heat dissipation fins 75 are at the second position. It is thermally connected to the heat exchange body 61 , wherein the first position and the second position are spaced apart from each other along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow of the heat exchange body 61 .
- the refrigerant flow mentioned here may be the main refrigerant flow in the air conditioning system shown in FIG. 1 , or the auxiliary refrigerant flow.
- the space on the heat exchange body 61 can be fully utilized, and not only the heat exchange body 61 can be used for the electronic components 71 .
- the heat dissipation fins 75 can also be used to reduce the temperature in the installation cavity 721 of the electric control box 7 , thereby protecting the electronic components 71 disposed in the installation cavity 721 .
- the heat exchange body 61 includes a first end 61a and a second end 61b spaced apart from each other along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow, wherein the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 gradually decreases in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b , that is, the temperature of the first end 61a is greater than the temperature of the second end 61b.
- the first position is disposed closer to the first end 61a than the second position.
- the surface temperature of the heat exchange body 61 will change with the flow direction of the refrigerant flow, thereby forming a first end 61a with a higher temperature and a second end with a lower temperature 61b, since the temperature difference between the higher temperature first end 61a and the hot air in the installation cavity 721 is small, it is not easy to generate condensed water, so the electronic component 71 can be arranged close to the first end 61a, that is, the first A position is provided near the first end 61a. Since the temperature difference between the lower temperature second end 61b and the hot air in the installation cavity 721 is relatively large, condensed water is likely to be generated.
- the heat dissipation fins 75 can be arranged close to the second end 61b.
- the lower temperature The heat dissipation fins 75 can ensure that the heat dissipation fins 75 and the hot air have a sufficiently large temperature difference to facilitate the heat dissipation of the electric control box 7.
- the condensed water formed by condensation on the heat dissipation fins 75 will also evaporate under the action of the hot air. , the condensed water evaporates and absorbs heat, so as to further reduce the temperature of the refrigerant flow and improve the heat exchange effect of the radiator 6 .
- a cooling fan 78 can also be provided in the electrical control box 7, and the cooling fan 78 is used to form a cooling airflow acting on the cooling fins 75 in the electrical control box 7, so that the flow speed of the cooling airflow can be accelerated, and then Improve heat transfer effect.
- the cooling fan 78 may be disposed close to the cooling fins 75 to directly act on the cooling fins 75 .
- a mounting plate 76 can also be provided in the electrical control box 7 , and the mounting plate 76 is provided in the mounting cavity 721 , so that the mounting cavity 721 forms the first cavity 7212 and In the second chamber 7214, a first vent 764 and a second vent 766 are spaced apart on the mounting plate 76, so that the gas in the first chamber 7212 flows into the second chamber 7214 through the first vent 764, and the second The gas in the chamber 7214 flows into the first chamber 7212 through the second vent 766 , at least part of the heat exchange body 61 is located in the first chamber 7212 , and the electronic components 71 and the cooling fan 78 are arranged in the second chamber 7214 .
- a circulating airflow can be formed in the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214 to increase the The air volume in contact with the heat dissipation fins 75 disposed in the first chamber 7212 is large, and the air flow after cooling can facilitate the heat dissipation of the electronic components 71 disposed in the second chamber 7214, so as to avoid gas mixing, so as to improve the heat dissipation fins 75 cooling efficiency.
- the cooling fan 78 disposed in the second chamber 7214 is used to accelerate the flow speed of the air in the second chamber 7214, thereby accelerating the circulation speed of the air between the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214, The heat dissipation efficiency of the electric control box 7 is improved.
- the flow direction of the heat dissipation air flowing through the heat dissipation fins 75 can be set to be perpendicular to the flow direction of the refrigerant flow.
- the cooling airflow can be set to flow in a vertical direction to prevent the cooling airflow from flowing to the position of the electronic components 71 .
- first ventilation openings 764 and the second ventilation openings 766 may be disposed on opposite sides of the heat dissipation fins 75 at intervals along the vertical direction.
- the number and arrangement density of the first ventilation openings 764 and the second ventilation openings 766 can be set as required.
- the cooling airflow may be arranged to flow in a horizontal direction to prevent the cooling airflow from flowing to the position of the electronic components 71 .
- the flow direction of the cooling air flow and the flow direction of the refrigerant flow may also be set to be along other two mutually perpendicular directions, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the first ventilation port 764 and the second ventilation port 766 arranged in the vertical direction are adopted, the first ventilation port 764 can be arranged on the upper part of the second ventilation port 766, so that the first ventilation port 764 can enter the first ventilation port 766 through the second ventilation port 766.
- the hot air in a chamber 7212 automatically rises to the position of the heat exchange body 61 and exchanges heat with the heat exchange body 61 .
- the cooling fan 78 can be positioned close to the first vent 764 so that the cool air at the top of the first chamber 7212 can enter the second chamber 7214 in time, and the cooling fan 78 can accelerate the cooling air , so as to improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic components 71 .
- a heat dissipation hole that communicates with the installation cavity 721 is usually opened on the box body 72 of the electric control box 7, so as to exchange heat with the natural convection of the outside air through the heat dissipation hole, and then to the electric control box 7.
- the control box 7 is cooled down.
- the method of opening heat dissipation holes on the box body 72 will reduce the sealing performance of the electric control box 7, and impurities such as moisture and dust from the outside will enter the installation cavity 721 through the heat dissipation holes, thereby damaging the components disposed in the installation cavity 721.
- Electronic component
- the box body 72 of the electric control box 7 can be set to be a sealed structure.
- the electric control box 7 includes a box body 72 , a mounting plate 76 , a heat sink 6 , an electronic component 71 and a cooling fan 78 .
- the box body 72 is provided with an installation cavity 721 , and the installation plate 76 is disposed in the installation cavity 721 , so that the installation cavity 721 forms a first cavity 7212 and a second cavity 7214 on both sides of the installation plate 76 .
- a spaced first vent 764 and a second vent 766 are provided, and the first vent 764 and the second vent 766 communicate with the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214; the radiator 6 is at least partially provided in the first chamber
- the electronic component 71 is arranged in the second chamber 7214 and is thermally connected to the radiator 6; the cooling fan 78 is used for air supply, so that the gas in the first chamber 7212 flows into the first chamber 7212 through the first vent 764.
- Two chambers 7214 Two chambers 7214.
- the heat sink 6 is arranged in the first cavity 7212
- the electronic components 71 and the cooling fan 78 are arranged in the second cavity 7214
- the first cavity is connected to the mounting plate 76 at intervals.
- the first vent 764 and the second vent 766 of the chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214 in this way, the electronic components 71 generate heat, so that the temperature of the air in the second chamber 7214 is higher, and the heat dissipation fan 78 sends the hot air into the second chamber 7214.
- the second ventilation port 766 due to the low density of the hot air, the hot air naturally rises to contact the radiator 6 provided in the first chamber 7212, the radiator 6 is used for cooling the hot air to form cold air, and the cold air is
- the first ventilation port 764 flows into the second chamber 7214 , and the cooling fan 78 is used to accelerate the cold air, so as to use the cold air to cool down the electronic components 71 disposed in the second chamber 7214 , after heat exchange with the electronic components 71 .
- the temperature of the cold air rises, and the cold air after the temperature rise continues to enter the second vent 766 under the action of the cooling fan 78, and circulates through this, and then through the internal circulation method for the electric control box 7.
- the electronic components 71 are cooled.
- the electric control box 7 in the present application is a fully enclosed electric control box 7, which can effectively solve the problems of waterproof, insect-proof, dust-proof, etc. Moisture-proof and other problems, thereby improving the electrical control reliability of the electrical control box 7 .
- the cooling fan 78 is installed in the first vent 764 , and the plane where the cooling fan 78 is located is coplanar with the plane where the mounting plate 76 is located.
- the cooling fan 78 can be fixed in the first vent 764 through a fan bracket (not shown in the figure), and the plane where the cooling fan 78 is located specifically refers to a plane perpendicular to the direction of the rotation axis of the cooling fan 78 .
- the cooling fan 78 By arranging the cooling fan 78 in the first vent 764, the distance between the cooling fan 78 and the first chamber 7212 can be shortened, the cooling air can be easily discharged from the first chamber 7212, and the second chamber can be prevented from being occupied by the cooling fan 78.
- the space in the chamber 7214 can be used to make the arrangement of the components in the electric control box 7 more compact, thereby reducing the volume of the electric control box 7 .
- the airflow direction of the cooling fan 78 is usually perpendicular to the plane where the mounting plate 76 is located, so that , the flow direction of the airflow of the cooling fan 78 cannot directly act on the electronic components 71 , and the flow path of the airflow in the second chamber 7214 is prolonged.
- an air guide cover 79 can also be provided in the electric control box 7, and the air guide cover 79 is covered on the periphery of the cooling fan 78 to guide the air blown by the cooling fan 78, so that the The air outlet direction of the cooling fan 78 faces the electronic components 71 .
- the air guide cover 79 is connected to the mounting plate 76 , and the air outlet of the air guide cover 79 faces the position where the electronic components 71 are located, so that the air flow of the cooling fan 78 flows to the place where the air guide cover 79 is guided.
- the cold air can directly act on the electronic components 71 to improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic components 71; speed to further improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic components 71 .
- the plane where the cooling fan 78 is located is perpendicular to the plane where the mounting plate 76 is located, and the leeward side of the cooling fan 78 is disposed toward the first vent 764 .
- the cooling fan 78 can be disposed on the side of the mounting plate 76 facing the second chamber 7214 , the direction of the rotation axis of the cooling fan 78 is parallel to the plane where the mounting plate 76 is located, and the leeward side of the cooling fan 78 refers to the cooling fan 78 the air inlet side.
- the cooling fan 78 can be arranged between the first vent 764 and the electronic component 71 , and the cool air entering the second chamber 7214 through the first vent 764 is accelerated by the cooling fan 78 and then flows out to prevent The flow speed of the cold air is increased, and the heat dissipation efficiency of the electric control box 7 is improved.
- a return air duct 791 can also be provided in the electric control box 7, and the return air duct 791 is connected to Between the first vent 764 and the cooling fan 78 , the air in the first chamber 7212 is transported to the cooling fan 78 . In this way, all the cold air entering through the first vent 764 is sent to the cooling fan 78 through the return air duct 791 and accelerated by the cooling fan 78 to increase the flow speed of the cold air and improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic control box 7 .
- an air supply air duct 792 can also be provided in the electric control box 7, and the air supply air duct 792 is connected to the side of the cooling fan 78 away from the return air duct 791, and is used for the cooling fan 78. The blown air is directed so that the airflow directed through the air supply air duct 792 flows toward the electronic component 71 .
- the air supply duct 792 can be used to guide the air blown by the cooling fan 78, so that the air outlet direction of the cooling fan 78 is directed toward the electronic component 71, so as to increase the proportion of cold air flowing to the position of the electronic component 71, Thus, the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic component 71 is improved.
- the cooling fan 78 can also be configured as a centrifugal fan.
- the centrifugal fan is a machine that relies on the input mechanical energy to increase the gas pressure and discharge the gas.
- the working principle of a centrifugal fan is to use a high-speed rotating impeller to accelerate the gas. Therefore, in this embodiment, by setting the cooling fan 78 as a centrifugal fan, on the one hand, high-speed cold air can be obtained to improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic components 71,
- the cooling fan 78 of the air duct 792 and the centrifugal fan can also simplify the structure of the cooling fan 78 and improve the installation efficiency.
- the addition of the air guide cover 79 and the air supply air duct 792 will make the air flow direction after the guide relatively fixed, although the heat dissipation efficiency of some electronic components 71 in the air flow direction can be improved. , but the heat dissipation effect of the electronic component 71 at a position that deviates from the direction of the airflow is relatively poor.
- air guide plates (not shown in the figure) can also be arranged on the mounting plate 76 at intervals, and air guide channels are formed between the air guide plates to guide the air blown out by the cooling fan 78 .
- two parallel and spaced air guide plates can be arranged between the electronic components 71 that are dispersedly arranged, and the extension direction of the air guide plates is along the spacing direction of the electronic components 71, so as to define a space along the electronic components between the two air guide plates.
- 71 The air guide runners in the spacing direction.
- the cold air blown by the cooling fan 78 first flows to the position of some electronic components 71 to dissipate heat from the electronic components 71 , and the air after passing through some electronic components 71 further flows to the position of another part of the electronic components 71 through the air guide channel, It is used to dissipate heat to another part of the electronic components 71 .
- the heat dissipation of the electronic components 71 can be more evenly dissipated, and the temperature of the local electronic components 71 can be prevented from being too high and damaged.
- the radiator 6 can be arranged inside the electric control box 7 , that is, the heat exchange main body 61 can be arranged in the first chamber 7212 for cooling the air in the first chamber 7212 .
- the radiator 6 can also be disposed outside the electric control box 7 , and at least a part of the radiator 6 can be extended in the first chamber 7212 .
- the radiator 6 includes the heat exchange main body 61 , the integrated pipeline assembly 62 and the heat dissipation fins 75
- an assembly port (not shown) that communicates with the first chamber 7212 may be opened on the box body 72 .
- the heat exchange body 61 is connected to the outer side wall of the box body 72
- the heat dissipation fins 75 are connected to the heat exchange body 61 and inserted into the first chamber 7212 through the assembly port.
- the matching manner of the radiator 6 and the electric control box 7 in this embodiment is the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
- the electronic components 71 can be arranged within the air supply range of the cooling fan 78 , so that the cooling fan 78 can directly act on the electronic components 71 to cool down.
- the electronic element 71 may include, for example, a common mode inductor 711 , a reactance 712 , a capacitor 713 , and other primary heating elements that generate relatively large amounts of heat, and a secondary heating element such as the fan module 714 that generates relatively small amounts of heat.
- the distance between the main heating element and the first ventilation port 764 can be set to be smaller than the distance between the secondary heating element and the first ventilation port 764, that is, the main heating element with larger calorific value can be Set at a position close to the first ventilation port 764, and set the secondary heating element with a smaller calorific value at a position away from the first ventilation port 764, so that the air with a lower temperature entering through the first ventilation port 764 acts first It is used for the main heating element with a large amount of heat, so as to improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the main heating element with a large amount of heat.
- the second vent 766 can be opened at the end of the cooling fan 78 for air supply, and is opened at a position close to the electronic component 71 that generates a larger amount of heat, on the one hand, the radiation range of the cooling fan 78 can be expanded, and the first The circulation efficiency of the air in the second chamber 7214 can also make the hot air after heat exchange with the electronic component 71 with a large calorific value to be discharged out of the second chamber 7214 in time to avoid raising the temperature of the entire second chamber 7214 .
- the second ventilation port 766 can be arranged at a position close to the first ventilation port 764, so as to shorten the circulation path of the air in the second chamber 7214, reduce the air flow resistance, improve the circulation efficiency of the air, and further improve the electric power.
- the size of the first vent 764 and the second vent 766 can also be set according to the arrangement of the electronic components 71.
- the number of the second ventilation openings 766 may be multiple, and the multiple second ventilation openings 766 are respectively provided at different positions of the mounting plate 76 .
- the size of the second vent 766 located at the position of the electronic component 71 with a large heat generation can be set relatively large, the number of the second vent 766 can also be set relatively large, and a plurality of the second vent 766
- the distribution density of can be set relatively large.
- the size of the second vent 766 located at the position of the electronic component 71 with less heat generation can be set relatively small, the number of the second vent 766 can also be set relatively small, and a plurality of the second vent 766 The distribution density of can be set relatively small.
- the size of the first vent 764 may be set larger than the size of the second vent 766 to increase the return air volume and improve the efficiency of the cooling fan 78 .
- the electric control box 7 includes a box body 72 , a mounting plate 76 , a heat sink 6 and a main heating element 715 .
- the box body 72 is provided with an installation cavity 721 , and the installation plate 76 is disposed in the installation cavity 721 , so that the installation cavity 721 forms a first cavity 7212 and a second cavity 7214 on both sides of the installation plate 76 .
- a first ventilation port 764 and a second ventilation port 766 spaced in the vertical direction are provided; the radiator 6 is at least partially provided in the first chamber 7212; the main heating element 715 is provided in the second chamber 7214; the first ventilation The port 764 and the second ventilation port 766 communicate with the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214 to form a circulating flow between the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214 by utilizing the temperature difference between the main heating element 715 and the radiator 6 cooling airflow.
- the main heating element 715 is arranged in the second chamber 7214, and the heat generated by the operation of the main heating element 715 causes the temperature in the second chamber 7214 to rise. Due to the low density of the hot air, the hot air naturally rises and increases. After entering the first chamber 7212 through the first vent 764 at the top of the second chamber 7214, the hot air contacts the radiator 6 and exchanges heat with the radiator 6, the temperature of the hot air decreases, and the density increases.
- a first vent 764 and a second vent 766 are formed on the mounting plate 76 to communicate with the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214, and the first vent 764 and the second vent 766 are vertically arranged.
- the air can circulate between the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214 by its own gravity, so as to cool down the electronic components 71 arranged in the second chamber 7214, and can reduce the electrical control
- the overall temperature of the box 7, compared with the solution of using the cooling fan 78 for air supply, the structure of the electric control box 7 in this embodiment is more concise, which can improve the assembly efficiency of the electric control box 7 and reduce the temperature of the electric control box 7. Cost of production.
- the radiator 6 can be arranged on the upper side of the main heating element 715 in the direction of gravity, that is, the radiator 6 can be arranged at a position close to the top of the first chamber 7212, and the main heating element 715 can be arranged close to the second chamber. 7214 at the bottom of the location.
- the distance between the radiator 6 and the first vent 764 can be reduced, so that the hot air entering the first chamber 7212 through the first vent 764 quickly contacts the radiator 6 to cool down, and is cooled by gravity. Under the action of natural sinking.
- the hot air entering the second chamber 7214 through the second vent 766 quickly contacts the main heating element 715 to heat up, and naturally under the action of buoyancy In this way, the circulation speed of the air flow in the electric control box 7 can be increased, and the heat dissipation efficiency can be improved.
- a secondary heating element 716 can also be provided in the electric control box 7 , and the secondary heating element 716 is arranged in the second chamber 7214 and is thermally connected to the heat exchange main body 61 , wherein the secondary heating element 716
- the calorific value of 716 is smaller than the calorific value of the main heating element 715 .
- the main heating element 715 with a larger calorific value can be arranged at a position close to the second vent 766, on the one hand, the cold air entering through the first chamber 7212 can be first mixed with the generator. Contacting the electronic components 71 with a large amount of heat can improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic components 71. On the other hand, it can also make a large temperature difference between the cold air and the electronic components 71 with a large amount of heat, so that the cold air can be heated up quickly, and then It rises rapidly under the action of buoyancy.
- the secondary heating element 716 with smaller calorific value is disposed on the heat exchange main body 61 and in contact with the heat exchange main body 61 , and the heat exchange main body 61 can be used to directly cool down the electronic element 71 with smaller calorific value.
- the main heating element 715 with a larger calorific value and the secondary heating element 716 with a smaller calorific value in different regions, the distribution of the electronic elements 71 can be made reasonable, and the internal space of the electric control box 7 can be fully utilized.
- the secondary heating element 716 is connected to the heat exchange main body 61 through the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 to improve the assembly efficiency of the secondary heating element 716 .
- connection manner between the secondary heating element 716 and the heat exchange main body 61 may be the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the specific reference is made to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
- the radiator 6 can also be disposed outside the electric control box 7 , and at least a part of the radiator 6 can be extended in the first chamber 7212 .
- the matching manner of the radiator 6 and the electric control box 7 is the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment.
- the heat dissipation method of the electric control box of the outdoor unit of the air conditioner of the air conditioner is usually air cooling and refrigerant heat dissipation.
- the main method is to fix the refrigerant pipeline on the beam of the outdoor unit. There is not enough space for activities and maintenance is inconvenient.
- the present application will improve the installation method of the above-mentioned electric control box from the following two aspects, so as to make the installation and maintenance of the electronic components provided in the outdoor unit of the air conditioner more convenient.
- the present application provides an outdoor unit of an air conditioner.
- the outdoor unit of the air conditioner includes a housing 8 , a radiator 6 and an electric control box 7 .
- the housing 8 is provided with an accommodating cavity 121 having an opening 122
- the radiator 6 is provided in the accommodating cavity 121
- the electric control box 7 is provided with electronic components 71
- the electric control box 7 is rotatably connected with the housing 8 and is used for sealing And when the opening 122 is opened and the electric control box 7 covers the opening 122 , the electronic component 71 is thermally connected to the heat sink 6 .
- the radiator 6 is fixedly arranged inside the casing 8 , an opening 122 communicating with the accommodating cavity 121 is provided on the surface of the casing 8 , and the electric control box 7 is rotatably connected with the periphery of the opening 122 .
- the electric control box 7 is sealed
- the electronic components 71 are thermally connected to the radiator 6 so as to use the radiator 6 to cool the electronic components 71 .
- the electrical control box 7 is rotated relative to the casing 8 to open the opening 122 , the electronic components 71 can be exposed and disposed on the casing 8 .
- the components in the housing 8 are easy to maintain. Therefore, in this embodiment, by rotatably connecting the electric control box 7 and the housing 8, the maintenance of the outdoor unit of the air conditioner can be facilitated.
- the housing 8 includes a vertical column 123 and a beam 124 , and the electric control box 7 is rotatably connected with the column 123 .
- the electric control box 7 and the column 123 can be rotatably connected through a hinge or a rotating shaft.
- the electric control box 7 and the beam 124 are detachably connected, when the electric control box 7 and the beam 124 are connected, the electric control box 7 covers the opening 122 of the housing 8 to seal the receiving cavity 121, when the electric control box 7 and the beam 124 When disconnected, the electric control box 7 can be rotated relative to the upright column 123 to open the opening 122 .
- the load-bearing capacity of the casing 8 can be increased, thereby facilitating the installation of the electric control box 7 with a relatively large weight.
- the upright column 123 is arranged in the vertical direction, the opening and closing of the electric control box 7 can be facilitated by setting the rotation axis of the electric control box 7 in the vertical direction.
- the electric control box 7 and the beam 124 can also be rotatably connected as required, and the electric control box 7 and the upright column 123 can be detachably connected.
- the principle of its rotation and opening is the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment. Please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment. description, which will not be repeated here.
- the beam 124 and the electric control box 7 are respectively provided with mutually matched lifting ears 125 and hooks 126 , and the electric control box 7 is further moved along the axial direction of the rotating shaft of the electric control box 7 , thereby making the The lifting lugs 125 and the hooks 126 lock or unlock each other, and connect the electric control box 7 to the beam 124 when they are locked to each other.
- the electrical control box 7 and the beam 124 are detachably connected through the lifting lugs 125 and hooks 126 which are snap-fitted with each other.
- the hook 126 can be set on the beam 124
- the lifting lug 125 can be set on the electric control box 7 .
- the electric control box 7 can be controlled to move slightly in the direction of the opening of the hook 126 along the axial direction of the rotating shaft, that is, the lifting lugs 125 moves upward in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. 35, so that the lifting lugs 125 are separated from the hooks 126.
- the electric control box 7 can be rotated 180°, so that the electric control box 7 is separated from the beam 124, so as to open the casing 8 opening 122.
- the hook 126 can also be arranged on the electric control box 7, and the lifting lugs 125 can be arranged on the beam 124, wherein the detachable connection method of the electric control box 7 and the beam 124 is substantially the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to The descriptions in the foregoing embodiments are not repeated here.
- the outdoor unit of the air conditioner includes a fixing plate 127 , the fixing plate 127 is arranged in the receiving cavity 121 and is arranged opposite to the electric control box 7 , the radiator 6 is arranged on the fixing plate 127 , and the electric control box 7
- the side facing the fixing plate 127 is provided with a connection port 7221 , and the electronic component 71 is in thermal contact with the heat sink 6 through the connection port 7221 .
- the radiator 6 is disposed in the receiving cavity 121 of the housing 8 through the fixing plate 127
- the electric control box 7 is in the shape of a box as a whole, and the electric control box 7 is provided with a connection port 7221 on the side facing the fixing plate 127 .
- the electronic component 71 is disposed inside the electric control box 7 corresponding to the connection port 7221 .
- the radiator 6 may be in direct contact with the electronic component 71 for thermally conductive connection; the radiator 6 may also be thermally connected to the electronic component 71 through other heat transfer structures, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- a thermally conductive adhesive may be provided between the heat sink 6 and the electronic components 71 .
- thermally conductive adhesive may be applied to the electronic components 71 or the radiator 6.
- the thermally conductive adhesive will dissipate the electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation.
- the contact area between the electronic component 71 and the radiator 6 can be increased to improve the heat conduction efficiency, and on the other hand, the connection between the electronic component 71 and the radiator 6 can be more stable.
- the electrical control box 7 is opened to repair the components in the housing 8, the thermally conductive adhesive connected between the electronic components 71 and the radiator 6 will be peeled off. Therefore, after the repair is completed, the peeled thermally conductive adhesive needs to be removed. Then re-coat the thermally conductive adhesive to thermally connect the electronic component 71 and the heat sink 6 .
- the electric control box 7 includes a top plate 722 , a bottom plate 723 and a circumferential side plate 724 .
- the top plate 722 and the bottom plate 723 are arranged at a relative interval, and the circumferential side plate 724 is connected to the top plate 722 and the bottom plate 723 , thereby forming an installation cavity 721 (shown in Figure 11).
- the junction of the bottom plate 723 and the circumferential side plate 724 can be rotatably connected to the upright column 123 to cover the opening 122 of the receiving cavity 121 of the housing 8 through the bottom plate 723 .
- the top plate 722 and the circumferential side plate 724 are accommodated in the accommodating cavity 121 , and the top plate 722 and the fixing plate 127 are relatively spaced apart. At least part of it protrudes out of the top plate 722 from the connection port 7221 .
- the heat sink 6 is disposed on the side of the fixing plate 127 facing the top plate 722 , and the part of the electronic component 71 protruding from the connection port 7221 can be in thermal contact with the heat sink 6 .
- it can facilitate thermally conductive contact with the heat sink 6 .
- the sealing performance of the electric control box 7 is reduced. If impurities or liquids in the external environment enter the interior of the electric control box 7, the electronic components arranged in the electric control box 7 will be damaged. 71.
- the outdoor unit of the air conditioner may further include a waterproof rubber ring 128.
- the waterproof rubber ring 128 is arranged on the surface adjacent to one of the fixing plate 127 and the top plate 722, and is sandwiched between the fixing plate 127 and the top plate 722. Between the top plate 722 and around the outer periphery of the heat sink 6 and the electronic component 71 . In this way, the waterproof rubber ring 128 can be sandwiched between the top plate 722 and the fixed plate 127 after the electric control box 7 is closed to seal the gap between the top plate 722 and the fixed plate 127, improve the sealing performance of the electric control box 7, and avoid Impurities or liquids in the external environment enter the interior of the electronic control box 7 .
- the electronic components 71 provided in the electric control box 7 may include a frequency conversion module and a fan control module.
- the frequency conversion module is used to control the frequency conversion work of the outdoor unit of the air conditioner
- the fan control module is used to control the operation of the fan in the outdoor unit of the air conditioner. and fan control module for cooling.
- the present application provides an air conditioner outdoor unit.
- the air conditioner outdoor unit includes a housing 8 , a fixing plate 127 , an electric control box 7 and a first electronic component 129 .
- the housing 8 is provided with an accommodating cavity 121 having an opening 122 , a fixing plate 127 is provided in the accommodating cavity 121 , and the electric control box 7 is rotatably connected with the housing 8 and is used to cover the opening 122 , and the electric control box 7 is provided with an accommodating cavity 122 .
- the installation cavity 721 of the connection port 7221; the first electronic component 129 is arranged on the fixing plate 127, and when the electric control box 7 covers the opening 122, the fixing plate 127 covers the connection opening 7221 of the installation cavity 721, and the first electronic component 129 It is accommodated in the installation cavity 721 .
- the electric control box 7 is rotatably connected to the periphery of the opening 122 .
- the fixing plate 127 covers the surface of the electric control box 7 where the connection port 7221 is opened and is disposed on the fixing plate 127
- the first electronic component 129 can enter the installation cavity 721 through the connection port 7221. In this way, by rotating the electric control box 7 and the housing 8, the maintenance of the outdoor unit of the air conditioner can be facilitated.
- the first electronic element 129 on the board 127 can also protect the first electronic element 129 and prevent the first electronic element 129 from being damaged by contact with external impurities.
- the structure of the casing 8 in this embodiment is substantially the same as the structure of the casing 8 in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the structure of the electric control box 7 in this embodiment is the same as that of the electric control box 7 in the above-mentioned embodiment.
- the sealing connection structure of the electric control box 7 and the fixing plate 127 is substantially the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
- the outdoor unit of the air conditioner may further include a radiator (not shown in the figure), and the radiator is provided in the on the fixing board 127 and thermally connected with the first electronic component 129 .
- the structure of the heat sink in this embodiment may be the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
- the radiator can be arranged on the surface of the fixing plate 127 facing the electric control box 7 and directly connected with the first electronic component 129, so as to shorten the heat conduction path between the first electronic component 129 and the radiator, improve the heat conduction efficiency, and speed up the heat transfer. heat dissipation.
- the electric control box 7 and the fixing plate 127 cooperate with each other to form a closed installation cavity 721, the heat sink is placed inside the electric control box 7 to form a built-in heat sink.
- the heat sink can also be arranged on the surface of the fixing plate 127 away from the electric control box 7 , the first electronic element 129 is connected to the surface of the fixing plate 127 facing the electric control box 7 , and the first electronic element 129 is connected to the heat dissipation through the fixing plate 127 thermally conductive connection.
- the heat sink is placed outside the electric control box 7 to form an external heat sink. In this way, the condensed water generated on the radiator can be prevented from contacting the first electronic element 129 provided in the electric control box 7 and damaging the first electronic element 129 .
- the outdoor unit of the air conditioner also includes a second electronic component (not shown in the figure), the second electronic component is fixedly arranged in the installation cavity 721, and is conductively connected with the first electronic component 129 through the wire 130, and the wire 130 is electrically controlled.
- the box 7 is arranged telescopically relative to the rotation of the casing 8 .
- a second electronic component is fixed in the electric control box 7 , and the second electronic component and the first electronic component 129 are electrically connected through wires 130 to form a functional circuit.
- the telescopic arrangement of the wires 130 with the rotation of the electrical control box 7 relative to the housing 8 specifically means that when the electrical control box 7 is opened relative to the housing 8, the wires 130 are automatically stretched to avoid the first electronic components 129 and the second electronic components The mutual involvement of the components hinders the rotation of the electric control box 7 .
- the wires 130 are automatically retracted to avoid being sandwiched between the fixing plate 127 and the top plate 722 and reduce the airtightness of the installation cavity 721 .
- the automatic expansion and contraction of the wire 130 may be, for example, a helical wire 130, or an automatic expansion and contraction structure is provided in the electric control box 7, or an automatic expansion and contraction structure is provided in the electric control box 7 for a card.
- Elements such as a hook for hooking the wire 130 are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application for the automatic expansion and contraction structure of the wire 130 , which can be selected and set according to needs.
- a communication interface may also be provided on the electronic control box 7, and the first electronic component 129 communicates with the communication interface through the wire 130 Conductive connection, the wires 130 are telescopically arranged with the rotation of the electrical control box 7 relative to the housing 8 . In this way, it is convenient to electrically connect the first electronic component 129 in the electric control box 7 with other devices, thereby improving the interaction ability of the electric control box 7 with other devices.
- the type of the communication interface can be flexibly set as required, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the application also provides an air conditioner, the air conditioner includes an air conditioner body and an electric control box, and the electric control box and the air conditioner body are detachably connected.
- the air conditioner body may include an air conditioner indoor unit and an air conditioner outdoor unit, and the electric control box is arranged in the air conditioner outdoor unit.
- the structure of the electric control box is the same as that in the above embodiment, please refer to the description in the above embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Cooling Or The Like Of Electrical Apparatus (AREA)
- Other Air-Conditioning Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Disclosed are an air-conditioning device and an air-conditioning outdoor unit. The air-conditioning outdoor unit comprises a housing, a fixing plate, an electric control box and a first electronic component, wherein the housing is provided with an accommodating cavity having an opening; the fixing plate is arranged in the accommodating cavity; the electric control box is rotatably connected to the housing and used for sealing the opening; the electric control box is provided with a mounting cavity having a connecting port; and the first electronic component is arranged on the fixing plate, and when the electric control box covers the opening, the fixing plate covers the connecting port of the mounting cavity, and the first electronic component is accommodated in the mounting cavity. In this way, electronic components arranged in the air-conditioning outdoor unit can be conveniently maintained, and the first electronic component on the fixing plate is accommodated in the electric control box, such that the first electronic component can be protected to prevent the first electronic component from being damaged due to contact with external foreign matter.
Description
本申请要求于2020年08月26日提交的申请号为202021821897.1,发明名称为“空调装置以及空调室外机”的中国专利申请的优先权;要求于2021年02月08日提交的申请号202120351784.8,发明名称为“空调装置以及空调室外机”的中国专利申请的优先权,其通过引用方式全部并入本申请。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202021821897.1 filed on August 26, 2020, and the invention name is "air conditioner and air conditioner outdoor unit"; the application number 202120351784.8 filed on February 8, 2021 is claimed, The priority of the Chinese patent application titled "Air Conditioning Device and Air Conditioning Outdoor Unit" is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
本申请涉及空调技术领域,具体涉及一种空调装置以及空调室外机。The present application relates to the technical field of air conditioners, and in particular, to an air conditioner and an air conditioner outdoor unit.
目前,空调装置的室外机的电控盒的散热方式通常为风冷和冷媒散热,主要是将冷媒管路固定在室外机的横梁上,由于冷媒管路不可拆卸,使得其背后的零部件没有足够的活动空间、维修不便。At present, the heat dissipation methods of the electric control box of the outdoor unit of the air conditioner are usually air cooling and refrigerant heat dissipation, mainly by fixing the refrigerant pipeline on the beam of the outdoor unit. Sufficient space for activities, inconvenient maintenance.
【发明内容】[Content of the invention]
本申请提供一种空调装置以及空调室外机,以解决现有技术中空调室外机维修不便的技术问题。The present application provides an air conditioner and an air conditioner outdoor unit to solve the technical problem of inconvenient maintenance of the air conditioner outdoor unit in the prior art.
为解决上述技术问题,本申请采用的一个技术方案是:提供一种空调室外机,包括:壳体,设有具有开口的收容腔;固定板,设于所述收容腔内;电控盒,与所述壳体转动连接,并用于封盖所述开口,所述电控盒设有具有连接口的安装腔;以及第一电子元件,设于所述固定板上,所述电控盒封盖所述开口时,所述固定板封盖所述安装腔的连接口,并将所述第一电子元件收容于所述安装腔内。In order to solve the above technical problems, a technical solution adopted in the present application is to provide an outdoor unit of an air conditioner, comprising: a casing, which is provided with an accommodating cavity with an opening; a fixing plate, which is arranged in the accommodating cavity; an electric control box, It is rotatably connected with the casing and is used to cover the opening, the electric control box is provided with a mounting cavity with a connection port; and a first electronic component is arranged on the fixing plate, and the electric control box is sealed When covering the opening, the fixing plate covers the connection port of the installation cavity, and accommodates the first electronic component in the installation cavity.
为解决上述技术问题,本申请采用的另一个技术方案是:提供一种空调装置,所述空调装置包括空调室内机和前文所述的空调室外机。In order to solve the above technical problem, another technical solution adopted in the present application is to provide an air conditioner, the air conditioner includes an air conditioner indoor unit and the aforementioned air conditioner outdoor unit.
本申请的有益效果是:区别于现有技术的情况,本申请实施例将电控盒与开口的周缘转动连接,当电控盒封盖壳体时,固定板封盖电控盒开设连接口的表面且设于固定板上的第一电子元件能够经连接口进入安装腔内,如此,通过将电控盒和壳体转动连接,可以便于对空调室外机进行维修,并且通过设置电控盒收容固定板上的第一电子元件,也可以保护第一电子元件,避免第一电子元件与外界杂质接触而发生损坏。The beneficial effects of the present application are: different from the situation in the prior art, the embodiment of the present application rotatably connects the electric control box with the periphery of the opening, and when the electric control box covers the casing, the fixed plate covers the electric control box to open a connection port The surface of the electric control box and the first electronic component set on the fixing plate can enter the installation cavity through the connection port. In this way, by connecting the electric control box and the housing in a rotating manner, the maintenance of the outdoor unit of the air conditioner can be facilitated, and by setting the electric control box Accommodating the first electronic element on the fixing plate can also protect the first electronic element and prevent the first electronic element from being damaged due to contact with external impurities.
此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分,这些附图示出了符合本申请的实施例,并与说明书一起用于说明本申请的技术方案。The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated into and constitute a part of the specification, illustrate embodiments consistent with the present application, and together with the description, serve to explain the technical solutions of the present application.
图1是本申请一实施例中的空调系统的结构示意图;1 is a schematic structural diagram of an air-conditioning system in an embodiment of the present application;
图2是图1中换热器的换热主体的结构示意图;Fig. 2 is the structural representation of the heat exchange main body of the heat exchanger in Fig. 1;
图3是图2中单层微通道和多层微通道的结构示意图;Fig. 3 is the structural representation of single-layer microchannel and multi-layer microchannel in Fig. 2;
图4是图1中换热器的集流管组件一实施例的结构示意图;4 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a header assembly of the heat exchanger in FIG. 1;
图5是图1中换热器的集流管组件另一实施例的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the header assembly of the heat exchanger in FIG. 1;
图6是图1中换热器的集流管组件又一实施例的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the header assembly of the heat exchanger in FIG. 1;
图7是本申请另一实施例换热器的换热主体的结构示意图;7 is a schematic structural diagram of a heat exchange main body of a heat exchanger according to another embodiment of the present application;
图8是图7中第一管体设置平面的立体结构示意图;Fig. 8 is the three-dimensional structure schematic diagram of the first pipe body arrangement plane in Fig. 7;
图9是本申请又一实施例换热器的换热主体的结构示意图;9 is a schematic structural diagram of a heat exchange main body of a heat exchanger according to another embodiment of the present application;
图10是图9中的换热器的结构示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the heat exchanger in Figure 9;
图11是本申请一实施例中的电控盒隐去部分元件后的立体结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of the electric control box in an embodiment of the present application after some components are hidden;
图12是图11中的散热器的立体结构示意图;Fig. 12 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the heat sink in Fig. 11;
图13是本申请另一实施例中的散热器的立体结构示意图;13 is a schematic three-dimensional structure diagram of a heat sink in another embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请一实施例中的固定支架与散热器配合的立体结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a fixing bracket and a heat sink in an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请另一实施例中的固定支架与散热器配合的立体结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a fixing bracket and a heat sink in another embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请一实施例中的散热固定板与散热器配合的立体结构示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a heat dissipation fixing plate and a heat sink in an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请一实施例中的散热固定板的平面结构示意图;17 is a schematic plan view of a heat dissipation fixing plate in an embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请另一实施例中的散热器与电控盒配合的剖视结构示意图;FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the cooperation of a heat sink and an electric control box in another embodiment of the present application;
图19是本申请另一实施例中的散热器与电控盒配合的剖视结构示意图;19 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of a radiator in cooperation with an electric control box in another embodiment of the present application;
图20是本申请一实施例中的散热翅片与散热器配合的立体结构示意图;FIG. 20 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a heat dissipation fin and a heat sink in an embodiment of the present application;
图21是本申请又一实施例中的散热翅片与散热器配合的立体结构示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a heat dissipation fin and a heat sink in another embodiment of the present application;
图22是本申请又一实施例中的散热器的立体结构示意图;22 is a schematic three-dimensional structure diagram of a heat sink in another embodiment of the present application;
图23是本申请另一实施例中的散热器与电控盒配合的平面结构示意图;23 is a schematic plan view of a radiator and an electric control box in another embodiment of the present application;
图24是本申请又一实施例中的散热器与电控盒配合的剖视结构示意图;FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the cooperation of a radiator and an electric control box in another embodiment of the present application;
图25是本申请又一实施例中的散热器与电控盒配合的平面结构示意图;25 is a schematic plan view of the structure of the radiator and the electric control box in another embodiment of the present application;
图26是本申请又一实施例中的散热器与电控盒配合的剖视结构示意图;26 is a cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the cooperation of a heat sink and an electric control box in another embodiment of the present application;
图27是本申请又一实施例中的散热器与电控盒配合的平面结构示意图;FIG. 27 is a schematic plan view of the structure of the radiator and the electrical control box in another embodiment of the present application;
图28是图27中的散热器与电控盒配合的剖视结构示意图;Fig. 28 is a cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the radiator in Fig. 27 in cooperation with the electric control box;
图29是本申请又一实施例中的散热器与电控盒配合的剖视结构示意图;29 is a cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the cooperation of a heat sink and an electric control box in another embodiment of the present application;
图30是本申请又一实施例中的电控盒隐去部分元件后的立体结构示意图;FIG. 30 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of the electric control box in another embodiment of the present application after some components are hidden;
图31是本申请又一实施例中的电控盒隐去部分元件后的立体结构示意图;31 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of the electric control box in another embodiment of the present application after some components are hidden;
图32是本申请又一实施例中的电控盒隐去部分元件后的平面结构示意图;FIG. 32 is a schematic plan view of the electric control box in another embodiment of the present application after some components are hidden;
图33是图32中的电控盒的剖视结构示意图;Figure 33 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the electric control box in Figure 32;
图34是本申请一实施例中的空调室外机的立体结构示意图;34 is a schematic three-dimensional structure diagram of an outdoor unit of an air conditioner in an embodiment of the present application;
图35是图34中的吊耳和挂钩配合的平面结构示意图;Figure 35 is a schematic plan view of the fitting of the lifting lug and the hook in Figure 34;
图36是本申请另一实施例中的空调室外机的立体结构示意图。FIG. 36 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of an outdoor unit of an air conditioner in another embodiment of the present application.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅是本申请的一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly and completely described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in the present application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts shall fall within the protection scope of the present application.
在本文中提及“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其他实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是,本文所描述的实施例可以与其他实施例相结合。Reference herein to an "embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment can be included in at least one embodiment of the present application. The appearance of the phrase in various places in the specification is not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor is it a separate or alternative embodiment that is mutually exclusive with other embodiments. It is explicitly and implicitly understood by those skilled in the art that the embodiments described herein may be combined with other embodiments.
请参阅图1,图1是本申请一实施例中的空调系统的结构示意图。如图1所示,空调系统1主要包括压缩机2、四通阀3、室外换热器4、室内换热器5、换热器6、膨胀阀12以及膨胀阀13。膨胀阀13和换热器6设置在室外换热器4和室内换热器5之间,压缩机2通过四通阀3在室外换热器4和室内换热器5之间提供循环流动的冷媒流。Please refer to FIG. 1 , which is a schematic structural diagram of an air conditioning system in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the air conditioning system 1 mainly includes a compressor 2 , a four-way valve 3 , an outdoor heat exchanger 4 , an indoor heat exchanger 5 , a heat exchanger 6 , an expansion valve 12 and an expansion valve 13 . The expansion valve 13 and the heat exchanger 6 are arranged between the outdoor heat exchanger 4 and the indoor heat exchanger 5, and the compressor 2 provides a circulating flow between the outdoor heat exchanger 4 and the indoor heat exchanger 5 through the four-way valve 3. refrigerant flow.
换热器6包括第一换热通道610和第二换热通道611,第一换热通道610的第一端经膨胀阀13与室外换热器4连接,第一换热通道610的第二端与室内换热器5连接,第二换热通道611的第一端经膨胀阀12与第一换热通道610的第二端连接,第二换热通道611的第二端与压缩机2的吸气口22连接。The heat exchanger 6 includes a first heat exchange channel 610 and a second heat exchange channel 611 . The first end of the first heat exchange channel 610 is connected to the outdoor heat exchanger 4 through the expansion valve 13 , and the second heat exchange channel 610 is connected to the outdoor heat exchanger 4 through the expansion valve 13 . The first end of the second heat exchange channel 611 is connected to the second end of the first heat exchange channel 610 through the expansion valve 12, and the second end of the second heat exchange channel 611 is connected to the compressor 2 The suction port 22 is connected.
当空调系统1处于制冷模式时,冷媒流的路径为:When the air conditioning system 1 is in cooling mode, the path of the refrigerant flow is:
压缩机2的排气口21-四通阀3的连接口31-四通阀3的连接口32-室外换热器4-换热器6-室内换热器5-四通阀3的连接口33-四通阀3的连接口34-压缩机2的吸气口22。The exhaust port 21 of the compressor 2 - the connection port of the four-way valve 3 - the connection port of the four-way valve 3 32 - the outdoor heat exchanger 4 - the heat exchanger 6 - the indoor heat exchanger 5 - the connection of the four-way valve 3 Port 33 - the connection port 34 of the four-way valve 3 - the suction port 22 of the compressor 2 .
第一换热通道610的冷媒流的路径(主路)为:第一换热通道610的第一端-第一换热通道610的第二端-室内换热器5。第二换热通道611的冷媒流的路径(辅路)为:第一换热通道610的第二端-膨胀阀12-第二换热通道611的第一端-第二换热通道611的第二端-压缩机2的吸气口22。The path (main path) of the refrigerant flow of the first heat exchange channel 610 is: the first end of the first heat exchange channel 610 - the second end of the first heat exchange channel 610 - the indoor heat exchanger 5 . The refrigerant flow path (auxiliary path) of the second heat exchange channel 611 is: the second end of the first heat exchange channel 610 - the expansion valve 12 - the first end of the second heat exchange channel 611 - the second end of the second heat exchange channel 611 Two-end - suction port 22 of compressor 2 .
例如,此时空调系统1的工作原理为:室外换热器4作为冷凝器,其经膨胀阀13输出中压中温的冷媒流(温度可以为40°,液相冷媒流),第一换热通道610的冷媒流为中压中温的冷媒流,膨胀阀12将中压中温的冷媒流转换为低压低温的冷媒流(温度可以为10°,气液两相冷媒流),第二换热通道611的冷媒流为低压低温的冷媒流。第二换热通道611的低压低温的冷媒流从第一换热通道610的中压中温的冷媒流吸热,进而第二换热通道611的冷媒流实现气化,以使第一换热通道610的冷媒流实现进一步过冷。气化后的第二换热通道611的冷媒流对压缩机2进行喷气增焓,提高空调系统1的制冷能力。For example, the working principle of the air conditioning system 1 at this time is as follows: the outdoor heat exchanger 4 is used as a condenser, which outputs a medium-pressure and medium-temperature refrigerant flow through the expansion valve 13 (the temperature can be 40°, the liquid-phase refrigerant flow), and the first heat exchange The refrigerant flow in the channel 610 is a medium-pressure and medium-temperature refrigerant flow. The expansion valve 12 converts the medium-pressure and medium-temperature refrigerant flow into a low-pressure and low-temperature refrigerant flow (the temperature can be 10°, and the gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant flow). The second heat exchange channel The refrigerant flow of 611 is a low-pressure and low-temperature refrigerant flow. The low-pressure and low-temperature refrigerant flow in the second heat exchange channel 611 absorbs heat from the medium-pressure and medium-temperature refrigerant flow in the first heat exchange channel 610, and then the refrigerant flow in the second heat exchange channel 611 is vaporized, so that the first heat exchange channel The refrigerant flow of 610 achieves further subcooling. The vaporized refrigerant flow in the second heat exchange channel 611 is used to increase the enthalpy of the compressor 2 by air injection, so as to improve the refrigeration capacity of the air conditioning system 1 .
其中,膨胀阀12作为第二换热通道611的节流部件,调节第二换热通道611的冷媒流的流量。第一换热通道610的冷媒流和第二换热通道611的冷媒流进行热交换,以对第一换热通道610的冷媒流实现过冷。因此,换热器6可以作为空调系统1的经济器,提升过冷度,进而提升空调系统1的换热效率。Wherein, the expansion valve 12 is used as a throttling component of the second heat exchange channel 611 to adjust the flow rate of the refrigerant flow in the second heat exchange channel 611 . The refrigerant flow in the first heat exchange channel 610 and the refrigerant flow in the second heat exchange channel 611 perform heat exchange, so as to realize subcooling of the refrigerant flow in the first heat exchange channel 610 . Therefore, the heat exchanger 6 can be used as an economizer of the air conditioning system 1 to improve the degree of subcooling, thereby improving the heat exchange efficiency of the air conditioning system 1 .
进一步,如本领域技术人员所理解的,在制热模式下,四通阀3的连接口31与连接口33连接,四通阀3的连接口32与连接口34连接。压缩机2经排气口21输出的冷媒流从室内换热器5流向室外换热器4,并以室内换热器5作为冷凝器。此时,室内换热器5输出的冷媒流分为两路,一路流入第一换热通道610(主路),另一路经膨胀阀12流入第二换热通道611(辅路)。第二换热通道611的冷媒流同样也可以对第一换热通道610的冷媒流实现过冷,流经第二换热通道611的冷媒流对压缩机2进行补气增焓,提高空调的制热能力。Further, as understood by those skilled in the art, in the heating mode, the connection port 31 of the four-way valve 3 is connected to the connection port 33 , and the connection port 32 of the four-way valve 3 is connected to the connection port 34 . The refrigerant flow output by the compressor 2 through the exhaust port 21 flows from the indoor heat exchanger 5 to the outdoor heat exchanger 4, and the indoor heat exchanger 5 is used as a condenser. At this time, the refrigerant flow output by the indoor heat exchanger 5 is divided into two paths, one of which flows into the first heat exchange passage 610 (main passage), and the other flows into the second heat exchange passage 611 (auxiliary passage) through the expansion valve 12 . The refrigerant flow in the second heat exchange channel 611 can also supercool the refrigerant flow in the first heat exchange channel 610 , and the refrigerant flow through the second heat exchange channel 611 supplements the compressor 2 and increases the enthalpy, thereby improving the performance of the air conditioner. heating capacity.
本申请进一步在上文描述的空调系统1的整体结构的基础上进行以下几方面的优化:The present application further optimizes the following aspects based on the overall structure of the air conditioning system 1 described above:
1、微通道换热器1. Microchannel heat exchanger
如图2所示,换热器6包括换热主体61,换热主体61设有多个微通道612,多个微通道612划分成第一微通道和第二微通道,其中第一微通道作为换热器6的第一换热通道610,第二微通道作为换热器6的第二换热通道611。因此,第一微通道610与第一换热通道610使用相同的标号,第二微通道611与第 二换热通道611使用相同的标号。As shown in FIG. 2 , the heat exchanger 6 includes a heat exchange main body 61, and the heat exchange main body 61 is provided with a plurality of microchannels 612, and the plurality of microchannels 612 are divided into a first microchannel and a second microchannel, wherein the first microchannel As the first heat exchange channel 610 of the heat exchanger 6 , the second microchannel serves as the second heat exchange channel 611 of the heat exchanger 6 . Therefore, the first microchannel 610 and the first heat exchange channel 610 use the same reference number, and the second microchannel 611 and the second heat exchange channel 611 use the same reference number.
换热主体61可以包括单个板体613,板体613设有多个微通道612,板体613的多个微通道612可以划分成交替设置的第一微通道610和第二微通道611,第一微通道610的延伸方向D1与第二微通道611的延伸方向D2彼此平行,例如第一微通道610的延伸方向D1与第二微通道611的延伸方向D2相同。板体613可以为扁管,以使散热元件或电子元件可以设置在板体613上。在其他实施例中,板体613还可以为其他形状横截面的载体,例如圆柱体、长方体、正方体等。在其他实施例中,如下文所描述的,换热主体61也可以包括彼此层叠设置的至少两个板体或彼此嵌套的两个管体。The heat exchange body 61 may include a single plate body 613, and the plate body 613 is provided with a plurality of microchannels 612, and the plurality of microchannels 612 of the plate body 613 may be divided into alternately arranged first microchannels 610 and second microchannels 611. The extending direction D1 of the first microchannel 610 and the extending direction D2 of the second microchannel 611 are parallel to each other. For example, the extending direction D1 of the first microchannel 610 and the extending direction D2 of the second microchannel 611 are the same. The plate body 613 can be a flat tube, so that heat dissipation elements or electronic components can be arranged on the plate body 613 . In other embodiments, the plate body 613 may also be a carrier with other cross-section shapes, such as a cylinder, a rectangular parallelepiped, a cube, and the like. In other embodiments, as described below, the heat exchange body 61 may also include at least two plate bodies stacked on each other or two tube bodies nested with each other.
每个微通道612垂直于其延伸方向的横截面形状可以为矩形,每个微通道612的边长为0.5mm-3mm。每个微通道612与板体613的表面之间以及微通道612之间的厚度为0.2mm-0.5mm,以使微通道612满足耐压和传热性能的要求。在其他实施例中,微通道612的横截面形状可以为其他形状,例如圆形、三角形、梯形、椭圆形或者不规则的形状。The cross-sectional shape of each microchannel 612 perpendicular to its extending direction may be a rectangle, and the side length of each microchannel 612 is 0.5mm-3mm. The thickness between each microchannel 612 and the surface of the plate body 613 and between the microchannels 612 is 0.2mm-0.5mm, so that the microchannels 612 meet the requirements of pressure resistance and heat transfer performance. In other embodiments, the cross-sectional shape of the microchannel 612 may be other shapes, such as circular, triangular, trapezoidal, elliptical, or irregular.
例如在图1所示的空调系统的制冷模式下,第一冷媒流(即中压中温的冷媒流)流经第一微通道610,第二冷媒流(即低压低温的冷媒流)流经第二微通道611,第一冷媒流可为液相冷媒流,第二冷媒流可为气液两相冷媒流。第二冷媒流在沿第二微通道611的流动过程中从第一微通道610的第一冷媒流吸热,并进一步气化,以使得第一冷媒流进一步过冷。For example, in the cooling mode of the air conditioning system shown in FIG. 1 , the first refrigerant flow (ie, the medium-pressure and medium-temperature refrigerant flow) flows through the first microchannel 610 , and the second refrigerant flow (ie, the low-pressure and low-temperature refrigerant flow) flows through the first microchannel 610 . In the two microchannels 611, the first refrigerant flow can be a liquid-phase refrigerant flow, and the second refrigerant flow can be a gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant flow. The second refrigerant flow absorbs heat from the first refrigerant flow in the first microchannel 610 during the flow along the second microchannel 611 and is further vaporized, so that the first refrigerant flow is further subcooled.
值得注意的是,上文和下文描述的基于微通道结构的换热器并不局限于图1所示的应用场景,因此第一微通道610和第二微通道611以及第一冷媒流和第二冷媒流中的“第一”和“第二”仅是用于区分不同的微通道和冷媒流,并不应视为对微通道和冷媒流的具体应用的限定。例如,在其他实施例或工作模式下,可以是流经第一微通道610的第一冷媒流对第二微通道611的第二冷媒流进行吸热,且第一冷媒流和第二冷媒流的状态也不限于上文所限定的液相或气液两相。It is worth noting that the heat exchanger based on the microchannel structure described above and below is not limited to the application scenario shown in FIG. 1 , so the first microchannel 610 and the second microchannel 611 and the The "first" and "second" in the two refrigerant streams are only used to distinguish different microchannels and refrigerant streams, and should not be regarded as limitations on specific applications of the microchannels and refrigerant streams. For example, in other embodiments or working modes, the first refrigerant flow through the first microchannel 610 may absorb heat on the second refrigerant flow in the second microchannel 611, and the first refrigerant flow and the second refrigerant flow The state is also not limited to the liquid phase or the gas-liquid two-phase as defined above.
如图1所示,第一冷媒流的流动方向A1与第二冷媒流的流动方向A2相反,以使第一冷媒流的温度与第二冷媒流的温度存在较大的温差,提高第一冷媒流和第二冷媒流的换热效率。As shown in FIG. 1 , the flow direction A1 of the first refrigerant flow is opposite to the flow direction A2 of the second refrigerant flow, so that there is a large temperature difference between the temperature of the first refrigerant flow and the temperature of the second refrigerant flow, and the first refrigerant flow is increased. The heat exchange efficiency between the flow and the second refrigerant flow.
可选地,第一冷媒流的流动方向A1可以与第二冷媒流的流动方向A2相同或者相互垂直。Optionally, the flow direction A1 of the first refrigerant flow may be the same as or perpendicular to the flow direction A2 of the second refrigerant flow.
可选地,换热主体61可以包括至少两组第一微通道610和第二微通道611,该至少两组第一微通道610和第二微通道611沿延伸方向D1的垂直方向彼此间隔,如图2所示,该垂直方向为板体613的宽度方向,在其他实施例中,该垂直方向可以是板体613的厚度方向。例如,在多个微通道612中第一预设数量的微通道划分为第一微通道610,在多个微通道612中第二预设数量的微通道划分为第二微通道611,多组第一微通道610和多组第二微通道611依次交替设置,即在两组第一微通道610之间设置有第二微通道611,在两组第二微通道611之间设置有第一微通道610,以实现该至少两组第一微通道610和第二微通道611彼此间隔设置,形成第一微通道610和第二微通道611交替排布的换热器6,如图2所示。第一预设数量和第二预设数量可以相等,例如3;在其他实施例中,第一预设数量和第二预设数量可以不相等,例如第一预设数量为3,第二预设数量为2。Optionally, the heat exchange body 61 may include at least two groups of first microchannels 610 and second microchannels 611, the at least two groups of first microchannels 610 and second microchannels 611 being spaced apart from each other along the vertical direction of the extending direction D1, As shown in FIG. 2 , the vertical direction is the width direction of the plate body 613 , and in other embodiments, the vertical direction may be the thickness direction of the plate body 613 . For example, a first preset number of microchannels in the plurality of microchannels 612 are divided into first microchannels 610 , and a second preset number of microchannels in the plurality of microchannels 612 are divided into second microchannels 611 . The first microchannels 610 and the plurality of groups of second microchannels 611 are arranged alternately in turn, that is, the second microchannels 611 are arranged between the two groups of the first microchannels 610 , and the first microchannels 611 are arranged between the two groups of the second microchannels 611 . The microchannels 610 are arranged so as to realize that the at least two groups of the first microchannels 610 and the second microchannels 611 are spaced apart from each other to form a heat exchanger 6 in which the first microchannels 610 and the second microchannels 611 are alternately arranged, as shown in FIG. 2 . Show. The first preset number and the second preset number may be equal, such as 3; in other embodiments, the first preset number and the second preset number may not be equal, for example, the first preset number is 3, and the second preset number is 3. Set the number to 2.
可选地,第一预设数量和第二预设数量均可以为1,在多个微通道612中的一个微通道为第一微通道610,与第一微通道610相邻设置的一个微通道为第二微通道611。Optionally, both the first preset number and the second preset number may be 1, one microchannel in the plurality of microchannels 612 is the first microchannel 610 , and one microchannel disposed adjacent to the first microchannel 610 is. The channel is the second microchannel 611 .
以换热主体61设有10*10个微通道612为例,换热主体61的截面面积与常规通道的截面面积相同,相同质量和流量的冷媒流分别流过10*10个微通道612和常规通道。每个微通道612的特征长度Dh为常规通道的1/10,其中压降与L/(Dh2)成正比,保持相同的压降,则微通道612的长度L为常规通道的长度的1/100。Taking the heat exchange main body 61 with 10*10 microchannels 612 as an example, the cross-sectional area of the heat exchange main body 61 is the same as that of the conventional channel, and the refrigerant flow of the same mass and flow flows through the 10*10 microchannels 612 and 612 respectively. regular channel. The characteristic length Dh of each microchannel 612 is 1/10 of the conventional channel, wherein the pressure drop is proportional to L/(Dh2), and if the same pressure drop is maintained, the length L of the microchannel 612 is 1/10 of the length of the conventional channel 100.
微通道612的有效热交换面积为常规通道的有效热交换面积的1/10。基于公式:换热系数*特征长度=常数,可得微通道612的换热系数为常规通道的换热系数的10倍;基于公式:换热量=换热系数*热交换面积,可得微通道612的换热量与常规通道的换热量相等。因此,10*10个微通道612的长度为常规通道的长度的1/100,即可满足相同的热负荷要求。The effective heat exchange area of the microchannel 612 is 1/10 of the effective heat exchange area of the conventional channel. Based on the formula: heat transfer coefficient * characteristic length = constant, the heat transfer coefficient of the microchannel 612 is 10 times that of the conventional channel; based on the formula: heat transfer = heat transfer coefficient * heat exchange area, the differential The heat exchange of the channel 612 is equal to that of the conventional channel. Therefore, the length of 10*10 microchannels 612 is 1/100 of the length of the conventional channel, which can satisfy the same heat load requirement.
通过上述方式,换热主体61设有多个第一微通道610和多个第二微通道611,以使换热主体61的长度缩短,在与经济器的换热量相等的情况下,进而缩小换热器6的体积。In the above manner, the heat exchange main body 61 is provided with a plurality of first microchannels 610 and a plurality of second microchannels 611, so that the length of the heat exchange main body 61 is shortened. Reduce the volume of heat exchanger 6 .
如图3所示,多个微通道612可以设置为单层微通道或者多层微通道。在图3中,多层微通道的横截面积为单层微通道的横截面积的4倍,单层微通道的长度为多层微通道的长度的4倍,相同质量和流量的冷媒流分别流过单层微通道和多层微通道,多层微通道的流速为单层微通道的流速的1/4。As shown in FIG. 3 , the plurality of microchannels 612 may be configured as single-layer microchannels or multi-layer microchannels. In Figure 3, the cross-sectional area of the multi-layer microchannel is 4 times the cross-sectional area of the single-layer microchannel, the length of the single-layer microchannel is 4 times the length of the multi-layer microchannel, and the refrigerant flow of the same mass and flow rate Flow through the single-layer microchannel and the multi-layer microchannel respectively, and the flow rate of the multi-layer microchannel is 1/4 of the flow rate of the single-layer microchannel.
在冷媒流的流态为层流的情况下,多层微通道的压降为单层微通道的压降的1/16,其中换热系数*特征长度=常数,特征长度不变,换热系数不变,单层微通道的传热面积和多层微通道的传热面积不变,则单层微通道的传热量和多层微通道的传热量相同。因此,在冷媒流的流速较低,且冷媒流的流态为层流的情况下,多个微通道612的截面积越大,多个微通道612的长度越短,能够减小冷媒流的流动阻力损失。When the flow state of the refrigerant flow is laminar flow, the pressure drop of the multi-layer microchannel is 1/16 of the pressure drop of the single-layer microchannel, wherein the heat transfer coefficient * characteristic length = constant, the characteristic length is unchanged, and the heat exchange If the coefficient is constant, the heat transfer area of the single-layer microchannel and the heat transfer area of the multi-layer microchannel are unchanged, then the heat transfer amount of the single-layer microchannel and the multi-layer microchannel are the same. Therefore, when the flow rate of the refrigerant flow is low and the flow state of the refrigerant flow is laminar flow, the larger the cross-sectional area of the plurality of microchannels 612, the shorter the length of the plurality of microchannels 612, which can reduce the flow rate of the refrigerant flow. Flow resistance loss.
在冷媒流的流态为紊流的情况下,多层微通道的压降为单层微通道的压降的1/48,此时换热系数与冷媒流的流速具有函数关系,冷媒流的流速越大,换热系数越大,因此单层微通道的传热量高于多层微通道 的传热量。综上所述,在满足传热量的要求的情况下,多个微通道612的横截面积越大,能够减少冷媒流的压力损失。When the flow state of the refrigerant flow is turbulent, the pressure drop of the multi-layer microchannel is 1/48 of the pressure drop of the single-layer microchannel. At this time, the heat transfer coefficient has a functional relationship with the flow rate of the refrigerant flow. The larger the flow rate, the larger the heat transfer coefficient, so the heat transfer of a single-layer microchannel is higher than that of a multi-layer microchannel. To sum up, under the condition that the requirement of heat transfer is satisfied, the larger the cross-sectional area of the plurality of microchannels 612 is, the pressure loss of the refrigerant flow can be reduced.
1.1集流管组件1.1 Header assembly
如图4所示,换热器6还包括集流管组件62,集流管组件62和换热主体61均水平设置,例如集流管组件62和换热主体61均沿水平面设置。在其他实施例中,集流管组件62垂直设置,即集流管组件62沿垂直于水平面的方向设置(即重力方向),换热主体61水平设置;或者,集流管组件62垂直设置,换热主体61垂直设置;或者,集流管组件62水平设置,换热主体61垂直设置。As shown in FIG. 4 , the heat exchanger 6 further includes a header assembly 62 , and the header assembly 62 and the heat exchange body 61 are both arranged horizontally, for example, the header assembly 62 and the heat exchange body 61 are both arranged along a horizontal plane. In other embodiments, the header assembly 62 is arranged vertically, that is, the header assembly 62 is arranged in a direction perpendicular to the horizontal plane (that is, the direction of gravity), and the heat exchange body 61 is arranged horizontally; or, the header assembly 62 is arranged vertically, The heat exchange main body 61 is arranged vertically; or, the header assembly 62 is arranged horizontally, and the heat exchange main body 61 is arranged vertically.
集流管组件62包括第一集流管621和第二集流管622,第一集流管621设置有第一集流通道,第二集流管622设置有第二集流通道。其中,换热器6沿冷媒流(第一冷媒流或第二冷媒流)在换热主体61中的流动方向的横截面形状为I形。在其他实施例中,换热器6沿冷媒流在换热主体61中的流动方向的横截面形状可以为L形、U形、G形或者圆形等。The header assembly 62 includes a first header 621 and a second header 622, the first header 621 is provided with a first header channel, and the second header 622 is provided with a second header channel. Wherein, the cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow (the first refrigerant flow or the second refrigerant flow) in the heat exchange main body 61 is an I-shape. In other embodiments, the cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 may be L-shaped, U-shaped, G-shaped, or circular.
第一集流通道与第一微通道610连接,以通过第一集流通道向第一微通道610提供第一冷媒流和/或收集流经第一微通道610的第一冷媒流。在本实施例中,第一集流管621的数量为两个,两个第一集流管621分别连接于第一微通道610的两端,以利用两个第一集流管621中的一个向第一微通道610提供第一冷媒流;并利用两个第一集流管621中的另一个收集流经第一微通道610的第一冷媒流。The first header channel is connected to the first microchannel 610 to provide the first refrigerant flow to the first microchannel 610 through the first header channel and/or collect the first refrigerant flow flowing through the first microchannel 610 . In this embodiment, the number of the first headers 621 is two, and the two first headers 621 are respectively connected to both ends of the first microchannel 610 so as to utilize the difference between the two first headers 621 . One provides the first refrigerant flow to the first microchannel 610 ; and utilizes the other of the two first headers 621 to collect the first refrigerant flow flowing through the first microchannel 610 .
例如,在图1所示的空调系统中,第一微通道610的第一端通过两个第一集流管621中的一个经膨胀阀13与室外换热器4连接,以在制冷模式下,向第一微通道610提供第一冷媒流;第一微通道610的第二端通过两个第一集流管621中的另一个与室内换热器5连接,以收集流经第一微通道610的第一冷媒流。在制热模式下,由于第一冷媒流在第第一微通道610中的流动方向相反,则两个第一集流管621的功能相较于制冷模式发生互换。For example, in the air conditioning system shown in FIG. 1 , the first end of the first micro-channel 610 is connected to the outdoor heat exchanger 4 through one of the two first headers 621 via the expansion valve 13 so as to be in the cooling mode , to provide the first refrigerant flow to the first microchannel 610; the second end of the first microchannel 610 is connected to the indoor heat exchanger 5 through the other of the two first headers 621 to collect the flow through the first microchannel The first refrigerant flow of channel 610 . In the heating mode, since the flow directions of the first refrigerant flow in the first microchannels 610 are opposite, the functions of the two first headers 621 are interchanged compared to the cooling mode.
第二集流通道与第二微通道611连接,以通过第二集流通道向第二微通道611提供第二冷媒流和/或收集流经第二微通道611的第二冷媒流。在本实施例中,第二集流管622的数量为两个,两个第二集流管622分别连接于第二微通道611的两端,以利用两个第二集流管622中的一个向第二微通道611提供第二冷媒流;并利用两个第二集流管622中的另一个收集流经第二微通道611的第二冷媒流。The second header channel is connected to the second microchannel 611 to provide the second refrigerant flow to the second microchannel 611 through the second header channel and/or collect the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second microchannel 611 . In this embodiment, the number of the second headers 622 is two, and the two second headers 622 are respectively connected to both ends of the second microchannel 611 , so as to utilize the difference between the two second headers 622 One provides the second refrigerant flow to the second microchannel 611 ; and utilizes the other of the two second headers 622 to collect the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second microchannel 611 .
例如,在图1所示的空调系统中,第二微通道611的第一端通过两个第二集流管622中的一个与膨胀阀12连接,以向第二微通道611提供第二冷媒流;第二微通道611的第二端通过两个第二集流管622中的另一个与压缩机2的吸气口22连接,以收集流经第二微通道611的第二冷媒流。For example, in the air conditioning system shown in FIG. 1 , the first end of the second microchannel 611 is connected to the expansion valve 12 through one of the two second headers 622 to provide the second refrigerant to the second microchannel 611 The second end of the second microchannel 611 is connected to the suction port 22 of the compressor 2 through the other of the two second headers 622 to collect the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second microchannel 611 .
在一实施例中,至少两组第一微通道610和第二微通道611中的第一微通道610的同一端与同一个第一集流管621连接,至少两组第一微通道610和第二微通道611中的第二微通道611的同一端与同一个第二集流管622连接,即换热器6的所有第一微通道610的同一端与同一个第一集流管621连接,换热器6的所有第二微通道611的同一端与同一个第二集流管622连接,避免每个微通道设置对应的集流管,降低成本。In one embodiment, the same end of the first microchannel 610 in the at least two groups of the first microchannel 610 and the second microchannel 611 is connected to the same first header 621, and the at least two groups of the first microchannel 610 and The same end of the second microchannels 611 in the second microchannels 611 is connected to the same second header 622 , that is, the same end of all the first microchannels 610 of the heat exchanger 6 is connected to the same first header 621 For connection, the same end of all the second microchannels 611 of the heat exchanger 6 is connected to the same second header 622, which avoids setting a corresponding header for each microchannel and reduces the cost.
在图4所示的实施例中,由于第一微通道610的延伸方向D1与第二微通道611的延伸方向D2彼此平行,因此第一集流管621和第二集流管622的延伸方向彼此平行。然而,在其他实施例中,第一集流管621和第二集流管622的延伸方向可以根据第一微通道610和第二微通道611的延伸方向进行调整,例如彼此垂直设置。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , since the extending direction D1 of the first microchannel 610 and the extending direction D2 of the second microchannel 611 are parallel to each other, the extending directions of the first header 621 and the second header 622 are parallel to each other. However, in other embodiments, the extension directions of the first header 621 and the second header 622 can be adjusted according to the extension directions of the first microchannel 610 and the second microchannel 611, for example, they are arranged perpendicular to each other.
1.2第一集流管和第二集流管间隔设置1.2 The interval setting of the first header and the second header
如图4所示,第一集流管621和第二集流管622沿换热主体61的延伸方向间隔设置,换热主体61的延伸方向与第一微通道610的延伸方向D1和第二微通道611的延伸方向D2相同,第二微通道611贯穿第一集流管621,并与第二集流管622连接,其中第一集流管621设置在第二集流管622和换热主体61之间,第二微通道611贯穿第一集流管621插入到第二集流管622中并焊接固定,第一微通道610插入到第一集流管621中并焊接固定。在其他实施例中,可以是第一微通道610贯穿第二集流管622后插入到第一集流管621内。As shown in FIG. 4 , the first header 621 and the second header 622 are arranged at intervals along the extension direction of the heat exchange main body 61 , and the extension direction of the heat exchange main body 61 is the same as the extension direction D1 and the second extension direction of the first microchannel 610 . The extension direction D2 of the microchannel 611 is the same, and the second microchannel 611 penetrates the first header 621 and is connected to the second header 622, wherein the first header 621 is arranged on the second header 622 and exchanges heat Between the main bodies 61 , the second microchannel 611 penetrates the first header 621 and is inserted into the second header 622 and fixed by welding, and the first microchannel 610 is inserted into the first header 621 and fixed by welding. In other embodiments, the first microchannel 610 may be inserted into the first header 621 after passing through the second header 622 .
第一集流管621和第二集流管622之间的距离为R-2R,R为第一集流管621沿第一集流管621和第二集流管622的间隔方向的最大截面尺寸。第一集流管621和第二集流管622的截面形状均可以为圆形,R为第一集流管621的直径或者第二集流管622的直径。在其他实施例中,第一集流管621和第二集流管622的截面形状可以设置为其他形状,例如椭圆形、正方形、长方形或者不规则形状,当第一集流管621和第二集流管622的截面形状为非圆形时,R为第一集流管621或第二集流管622外接圆的直径。The distance between the first header 621 and the second header 622 is R-2R, where R is the maximum cross-section of the first header 621 along the spacing direction of the first header 621 and the second header 622 size. The cross-sectional shapes of the first header 621 and the second header 622 may both be circular, and R is the diameter of the first header 621 or the diameter of the second header 622 . In other embodiments, the cross-sectional shapes of the first header 621 and the second header 622 can be set to other shapes, such as oval, square, rectangle or irregular shape, when the first header 621 and the second header 622 When the cross-sectional shape of the header 622 is non-circular, R is the diameter of the circumscribed circle of the first header 621 or the second header 622 .
因此,通过将第一集流管621和第二集流管622之间的距离设置的较大,可以使得第一集流管621和第二集流管622与换热主体61之间能够方便焊接。另外,位于第一集流管621和第二集流管622之间的第二微通道611未与第一微通道610进行换热,通过将第一集流管621和第二集流管622之间的距离设置的较小,可以缩小位于第一集流管621和第二集流管622之间的第二微通道611的长度,能够提高第二微通道611的换热面积。Therefore, by setting the distance between the first header 621 and the second header 622 to be larger, the distance between the first header 621 and the second header 622 and the heat exchange main body 61 can be facilitated. welding. In addition, the second microchannel 611 located between the first header 621 and the second header 622 does not exchange heat with the first microchannel 610, by connecting the first header 621 and the second header 622 The distance between them is set smaller, the length of the second microchannel 611 between the first header 621 and the second header 622 can be reduced, and the heat exchange area of the second microchannel 611 can be increased.
在其他实施例中,第一集流管621和第二集流管622可以焊接在一起,以缩小第一集流管621和第二集流管622之间的距离。In other embodiments, the first header 621 and the second header 622 may be welded together to reduce the distance between the first header 621 and the second header 622 .
此外,第一微通道610可以绕过第二集流管622后与第一集流管621连接,例如第一微通道610设置在第二集流管622的外侧,以绕过第二集流管622后与第一集流管621连接。或者,第二微通道611可以绕过第一集流管621后与第二集流管622连接。In addition, the first microchannel 610 can bypass the second header 622 and then be connected to the first header 621. For example, the first microchannel 610 is disposed outside the second header 622 to bypass the second header. The pipe 622 is then connected to the first header 621 . Alternatively, the second microchannel 611 may bypass the first header 621 and then be connected to the second header 622 .
1.3总集流管划分为两个集流管1.3 The main header is divided into two headers
如图5所示,集流管组件62包括总集流管623和隔流板624,隔流板624设置在总集流管623内,用于将总集流管623划分为第一集流管621和第二集流管622,即将总集流管623设置成由隔流板624分隔的第一集流管621和第二集流管622。此时,如图5所示,第一微通道610贯穿总集流管623的侧壁并插入到第一集流管621内,而第二微通道611贯穿总集流管623的侧壁和隔流板624并插入到第二集流管622内。在其他实施例中,可以是第二微通道611贯穿总集流管623的侧壁并插入到第二集流管622内,而第一微通道610贯穿总集流管623的侧壁和隔流板624并插入到第一集流管621内。与图4所示的集流管组件62相比较:本实施例通过一条总集流管623同时实现第一集流管621和第二集流管622的功能,能够降低集流管组件62的成本和体积。As shown in FIG. 5 , the header assembly 62 includes a main header 623 and a baffle plate 624, and the baffle plate 624 is arranged in the main header 623 for dividing the main header 623 into a first header The pipe 621 and the second header 622 , that is, the total header 623 is provided as the first header 621 and the second header 622 separated by the baffle plate 624 . At this time, as shown in FIG. 5 , the first microchannel 610 penetrates the sidewall of the general header 623 and is inserted into the first header 621 , while the second microchannel 611 penetrates the sidewall of the general header 623 and The baffle plate 624 is inserted into the second header 622 . In other embodiments, the second microchannel 611 may penetrate the sidewall of the general header 623 and be inserted into the second header 622, while the first microchannel 610 may penetrate the sidewall and partition of the general header 623 The flow plate 624 is inserted into the first header 621 . Compared with the header assembly 62 shown in FIG. 4 : in this embodiment, the functions of the first header 621 and the second header 622 are simultaneously realized by a header 623 , which can reduce the cost of the header assembly 62 . cost and volume.
在其他实施例中,可以利用隔流板624将总集流管623划分成两个第一集流管621或者两个第二集流管622。此时,第一微通道610的一端贯穿总集流管623的侧壁并插入到其中的一个第一集流管621内,而第一微通道610的另一端贯穿总集流管623的侧壁并插入到其中的另一个第一集流管621内。其中,两个第一集流管621中的一个第一集流管621用于向第一微通道610提供第一冷媒流,两个第一集流管621中的另一个第一集流管621用于收集流经第一微通道610的第一冷媒流,此时第一微通道610为U形流路。In other embodiments, the baffle plate 624 may be used to divide the general header 623 into two first headers 621 or two second headers 622 . At this time, one end of the first microchannel 610 penetrates through the side wall of the general header 623 and is inserted into one of the first headers 621 , and the other end of the first microchannel 610 penetrates the side of the general header 623 wall and inserted into another first header 621 therein. Wherein, one of the two first headers 621 is used to provide the first refrigerant flow to the first microchannel 610 , and the other of the two first headers 621 621 is used to collect the first refrigerant flow flowing through the first microchannel 610, and the first microchannel 610 is a U-shaped flow path at this time.
或者,第二微通道611的一端贯穿总集流管623的侧壁并插入到其中的一个第二集流管622内,而第二微通道611的另一端贯穿总集流管623的侧壁和隔流板624并插入到其中的另一个第二集流管622内。其中,两个第二集流管622中的一个第二集流管622用于向第二微通道611提供第二冷媒流,两个第二集流管622中的另一个第二集流管622用于收集流经第二微通道611的第二冷媒流,此时第二微通道611为U形流路。Alternatively, one end of the second microchannel 611 penetrates the sidewall of the general header 623 and is inserted into one of the second headers 622 , and the other end of the second microchannel 611 penetrates the sidewall of the general header 623 and the baffle plate 624 and inserted into another second header 622 therein. Wherein, one of the two second headers 622 is used to provide the second refrigerant flow to the second microchannel 611, and the other of the two second headers 622 622 is used to collect the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second microchannel 611, and the second microchannel 611 is a U-shaped flow path at this time.
1.4第一集流管与第二集流管嵌套设置1.4 Nesting of the first header and the second header
如图6所示,第二集流管622的直径小于第一集流管621的直径,第一集流管621套设在第二集流管622的外侧,第一微通道610贯穿第一集流管621的侧壁,并插入到第一集流管621内。第二微通道611贯穿第一集流管621和第二集流管622的侧壁,并插入到第二集流管622内。在其他实施例中,可以是第二集流管622套设于第一集流管621的外侧,此时第二微通道611贯穿第二集流管622的侧壁,并插入到第二集流管622内。第一微通道610贯穿第二集流管622和第一集流管621的侧壁,并插入到第一集流管621内。As shown in FIG. 6 , the diameter of the second header 622 is smaller than the diameter of the first header 621 , the first header 621 is sleeved outside the second header 622 , and the first microchannel 610 penetrates through the first header 621 . The side wall of the header 621 is inserted into the first header 621 . The second microchannel 611 penetrates the side walls of the first header 621 and the second header 622 and is inserted into the second header 622 . In other embodiments, the second header 622 may be sleeved on the outside of the first header 621, and at this time, the second microchannel 611 penetrates the side wall of the second header 622 and is inserted into the second header within the flow tube 622. The first microchannel 610 penetrates the second header 622 and the sidewalls of the first header 621 and is inserted into the first header 621 .
与图4所示的集流管组件62相比较:通过嵌套设置能够降低集流管组件62的体积。Compared with the header assembly 62 shown in FIG. 4 : the volume of the header assembly 62 can be reduced by the nested arrangement.
在其他实施例中,可以是两个第一集流管621彼此嵌套,或者两个第二集流管622彼此嵌套。此时,第一微通道610的一端贯穿外侧的第一集流管621的侧壁,并插入到外侧的第一集流管621内。第一微通道610的另一端贯穿两个第一集流管621内的侧壁,并插入到内侧的第一集流管621内。其中,外侧的第一集流管621用于向第一微通道610提供第一冷媒流,内侧的第一集流管621用于收集流经第一微通道610的第一冷媒流;或者内侧的第一集流管621用于向第一微通道610提供第一冷媒流,外侧的第一集流管621用于收集流经第一微通道610的第一冷媒流;此时第一微通道610为U形流路。In other embodiments, two first headers 621 may be nested with each other, or two second headers 622 may be nested with each other. At this time, one end of the first microchannel 610 penetrates the side wall of the outer first header 621 and is inserted into the outer first header 621 . The other end of the first microchannel 610 penetrates the side walls of the two first headers 621 and is inserted into the inner first header 621 . Wherein, the outer first header 621 is used to provide the first refrigerant flow to the first microchannel 610, and the inner first header 621 is used to collect the first refrigerant flow flowing through the first microchannel 610; or the inner side The first header 621 is used to provide the first refrigerant flow to the first microchannel 610, and the first header 621 on the outside is used to collect the first refrigerant flow that flows through the first microchannel 610; Channel 610 is a U-shaped flow path.
或者,第二微通道611的一端贯穿外侧的第二集流管622的侧壁,并插入到外侧的第二集流管622内。第二微通道611的另一端贯穿两个第二集流管622内的侧壁,并插入到内侧的第二集流管622内。其中,外侧的第二集流管622用于向第二微通道611提供第二冷媒流,内侧的第二集流管622用于收集流经第二微通道611的第二冷媒流;或者,内侧的第二集流管622用于向第二微通道611提供第二冷媒流,外侧的第二集流管622用于收集流经第二微通道611的第二冷媒流;此时第二微通道611为U形流路。Alternatively, one end of the second microchannel 611 penetrates the side wall of the outer second header 622 and is inserted into the outer second header 622 . The other end of the second microchannel 611 penetrates the side walls of the two second headers 622 and is inserted into the inner second header 622 . Wherein, the outer second header 622 is used to provide the second refrigerant flow to the second microchannel 611, and the inner second header 622 is used to collect the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second microchannel 611; or, The inner second header 622 is used to provide the second refrigerant flow to the second microchannel 611, and the outer second header 622 is used to collect the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second microchannel 611; The microchannel 611 is a U-shaped flow path.
2.套管式的换热器2. Casing type heat exchanger
如图7所示,换热器6包括换热主体61,换热主体61包括彼此嵌套的第一管体614和第二管体615。第一管体614内设置有多个第一微通道610,第二管体615内设置有多个第二微通道611,多个第一微通道610和多个第二微通道611均与图2所示的微通道612相同,因此换热主体61的长度缩短,进而缩小换热器6的体积。As shown in FIG. 7 , the heat exchanger 6 includes a heat exchange body 61 , and the heat exchange body 61 includes a first tube body 614 and a second tube body 615 which are nested with each other. The first tube body 614 is provided with a plurality of first microchannels 610, and the second tube body 615 is provided with a plurality of second microchannels 611. The microchannels 612 shown in 2 are the same, so the length of the heat exchange main body 61 is shortened, thereby reducing the volume of the heat exchanger 6 .
第一管体614的多个第一微通道610作为换热器6的第一换热通道610,第二管体615的多个第二微通道611作为换热器6的第二换热通道611。其中,第一微通道610的延伸方向与第二微通道611的延伸方向彼此平行,例如第一微通道610的延伸方向与第二微通道611的延伸方向相同。The plurality of first microchannels 610 of the first tube body 614 serve as the first heat exchange channels 610 of the heat exchanger 6 , and the plurality of second microchannels 611 of the second tube body 615 serve as the second heat exchange channels of the heat exchanger 6 611. The extending direction of the first microchannel 610 and the extending direction of the second microchannel 611 are parallel to each other, for example, the extending direction of the first microchannel 610 and the extending direction of the second microchannel 611 are the same.
在本实施例中,第一管体614套设在第二管体615的外侧,第一管体614的外表面设置有至少一个平面616,以形成第一管体614的换热接触面,如图8所示。散热元件或电子元件可以设置在平面616上, 便于安装。在其他实施例中,第二管体615可以套设在第一管体614的外侧。In this embodiment, the first tube body 614 is sleeved on the outside of the second tube body 615 , and at least one flat surface 616 is provided on the outer surface of the first tube body 614 to form the heat exchange contact surface of the first tube body 614 , As shown in Figure 8. Heat dissipating components or electronic components can be arranged on the plane 616 for easy installation. In other embodiments, the second tube body 615 can be sleeved on the outside of the first tube body 614 .
在图1所示的空调系统中,第一冷媒流流经多个第一微通道610,第二冷媒流流经多个第二微通道611,第一冷媒流可为液相冷媒流,第二冷媒流可为气液两相冷媒流。第二冷媒流在沿多个第二微通道611的流动过程中从多个第一微通道610的第一冷媒流吸热,并进一步气化,以使得第一冷媒流进一步过冷。在其他实施例中,第一冷媒流和第二冷媒流可以采用上文描述的其他设置方式。In the air conditioning system shown in FIG. 1 , the first refrigerant flow flows through a plurality of first microchannels 610 , and the second refrigerant flow flows through a plurality of second microchannels 611 . The secondary refrigerant flow may be a gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant flow. The second refrigerant stream absorbs heat from the first refrigerant stream of the plurality of first microchannels 610 during its flow along the plurality of second microchannels 611 and is further vaporized, so that the first refrigerant stream is further subcooled. In other embodiments, the first refrigerant flow and the second refrigerant flow may adopt other arrangements described above.
与图2所示的换热器6进行对比:换热主体61的横截面积变大,能够减少冷媒流的压力损失。此外,第一管体614套设在第二管体615的外侧,能够提高多个第一微通道610与多个第二微通道611的换热面积,提高第一换热通道610和第二换热通道611之间的换热效率。Compared with the heat exchanger 6 shown in FIG. 2 , the cross-sectional area of the heat exchange main body 61 is increased, and the pressure loss of the refrigerant flow can be reduced. In addition, the first tube body 614 is sleeved on the outside of the second tube body 615, which can increase the heat exchange area between the plurality of first microchannels 610 and the plurality of second microchannels 611, and increase the heat exchange area between the first heat exchange channels 610 and the second microchannels 611. The heat exchange efficiency between the heat exchange channels 611 .
参照图4所示,换热器6还包括集流管组件62,集流管组件62包括第一集流管621和第二集流管622,第一集流管621设置有第一集流通道,第二集流管622设置有第二集流通道。其中,换热器6的横截面形状为I形,例如换热器6沿冷媒流在换热主体61中的流动方向的横截面形状为I形。在其他实施例中,换热器6沿冷媒流在换热主体61中的流动方向的横截面形状可以为L形、U形、G形或者圆形等。4, the heat exchanger 6 further includes a header assembly 62, the header assembly 62 includes a first header 621 and a second header 622, the first header 621 is provided with a first header The second header 622 is provided with a second header channel. The cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 is an I-shape, for example, the cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 is an I-shape. In other embodiments, the cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 may be L-shaped, U-shaped, G-shaped, or circular.
第一集流通道与第一微通道610连接,以通过第一集流通道向多个第一微通道610提供第一冷媒流和/或收集流经多个第一微通道610的第一冷媒流。第一集流管621的数量为两个,两个第一集流管621分别连接于第一管体614的两端,以利用两个第一集流管621中的一个向多个第一微通道610提供第一冷媒流;并利用两个第一集流管621中的另一个收集流经多个第一微通道610的第一冷媒流。The first header channel is connected to the first microchannel 610 to provide the first refrigerant flow to the plurality of first microchannels 610 through the first header channel and/or to collect the first refrigerant flowing through the plurality of first microchannels 610 flow. The number of the first headers 621 is two, and the two first headers 621 are respectively connected to both ends of the first pipe body 614 so as to use one of the two first headers 621 to connect to the plurality of first headers 621 . The microchannel 610 provides the first refrigerant flow; and utilizes the other of the two first headers 621 to collect the first refrigerant flow flowing through the plurality of first microchannels 610 .
第二集流通道与第二微通道611连接,以通过第二集流通道向多个第二微通道611提供第二冷媒流和/或收集流经多个第二微通道611的第二冷媒流。第二集流管622的数量为两个,两个第二集流管622分别连接于第二管体615的两端,以利用两个第二集流管622中的一个向多个第二微通道611提供第二冷媒流;并利用两个第二集流管622中的另一个收集流经多个第二微通道611的第二冷媒流。The second header channel is connected to the second microchannel 611 to provide the second refrigerant flow to the plurality of second microchannels 611 through the second header channel and/or collect the second refrigerant flowing through the plurality of second microchannels 611 flow. The number of the second headers 622 is two, and the two second headers 622 are respectively connected to both ends of the second pipe body 615 , so as to use one of the two second headers 622 to connect to the plurality of second headers 622 . The microchannel 611 provides the second refrigerant flow; and the second refrigerant flow flowing through the plurality of second microchannels 611 is collected by the other of the two second headers 622 .
可选地,换热主体61可以包括至少两组第一管体614和第二管体615,该至少两组第一管体614和第二管体615沿延伸方向的垂直方向彼此间隔。例如,该至少两组第一管体614和第二管体615可以包括第一组彼此嵌套的第一管体614和第二管体615、第二组彼此嵌套的第一管体614和第二管体615,第一组彼此嵌套的第一管体614和第二管体615与第二组彼此嵌套的第一管体614和第二管体615沿延伸方向的垂直方向间隔设置。Optionally, the heat exchange body 61 may include at least two groups of first and second pipes 614 and 615 spaced apart from each other in a vertical direction of the extending direction. For example, the at least two groups of first pipe bodies 614 and second pipe bodies 615 may include a first group of first pipe bodies 614 and second pipe bodies 615 nested with each other, and a second group of first pipe bodies 614 nested with each other and the second pipe body 615, the first group of the first pipe body 614 and the second pipe body 615 nested with each other and the second group of the first pipe body 614 and the second pipe body 615 nested with each other along the vertical direction of the extending direction interval setting.
该至少两组第一管体614和第二管体615中的第一管体614的同一端与同一个第一集流管621连接,该至少两组第一管体614和第二管体615中的第二管体615的同一端与同一个第二集流管622连接,能够降低成本。The same end of the first pipe body 614 in the at least two groups of the first pipe body 614 and the second pipe body 615 is connected to the same first header 621 , and the at least two groups of the first pipe body 614 and the second pipe body The same end of the second pipe body 615 in 615 is connected to the same second header 622, which can reduce the cost.
集流管组件62还可以为上文描述的各种集流管设置方式,例如上文描述的第一集流管621和第二集流管622彼此间隔设置方式、总集流管623和隔流板624的设置方式,或者第一集流管621和第二集流管622彼此嵌套的设置方式。此时,第一管体614连同其上的第一微通道610以及第二管体615连同其上的第二微通道611均可以采用上文描述的方式与上述集流管配合,在此不再赘述。The header assembly 62 can also be in the various header arrangements described above, such as the above-described arrangement of the first header 621 and the second header 622 spaced apart from each other, the overall header 623 and the spacer. The arrangement of the flow plates 624, or the arrangement of the first header 621 and the second header 622 are nested with each other. At this time, the first tube body 614 together with the first microchannel 610 thereon and the second tube body 615 together with the second microchannel 611 thereon can be matched with the above-mentioned collecting tube in the manner described above, which is not described here. Repeat.
3.换热器具有彼此层叠设置第一板体和第二板体3. The heat exchanger has a first plate body and a second plate body stacked on top of each other
如图9所示,换热器6包括换热主体61,换热主体61包括第一板体631和第二板体632,第一板体631和第二板体632彼此层叠设置。As shown in FIG. 9 , the heat exchanger 6 includes a heat exchange body 61 , and the heat exchange body 61 includes a first plate body 631 and a second plate body 632 , and the first plate body 631 and the second plate body 632 are stacked on each other.
第一板体631内设有多个第一微通道610,第二板体632内设有多个第二微通道611,多个第一微通道610和多个第二微通道611均与图2所示的微通道612相同,在此不再赘述。因此换热主体61的长度缩短,进而缩小换热器6的体积。The first plate body 631 is provided with a plurality of first microchannels 610, and the second plate body 632 is provided with a plurality of second microchannels 611. The microchannels 612 shown in 2 are the same, and are not repeated here. Therefore, the length of the heat exchange body 61 is shortened, thereby reducing the volume of the heat exchanger 6 .
第一板体631的多个第一微通道610作为换热器6的第一换热通道610,第二板体632的多个第二微通道611作为换热器6的第二换热通道611。其中,第一微通道610的延伸方向与第二微通道611的延伸方向彼此平行,例如第一微通道610的延伸方向与第二微通道611的延伸方向相同。由于第一板体631和第二板体632彼此层叠设置,提高第一板体631和第二板体632的接触面积,以增大第一换热通道610和第二换热通道611之间的换热面积,提高换热效率。The plurality of first microchannels 610 of the first plate body 631 serve as the first heat exchange channels 610 of the heat exchanger 6 , and the plurality of second microchannels 611 of the second plate body 632 serve as the second heat exchange channels of the heat exchanger 6 611. The extending direction of the first microchannel 610 and the extending direction of the second microchannel 611 are parallel to each other, for example, the extending direction of the first microchannel 610 and the extending direction of the second microchannel 611 are the same. Since the first plate body 631 and the second plate body 632 are stacked on each other, the contact area between the first plate body 631 and the second plate body 632 is increased, so as to increase the space between the first heat exchange channel 610 and the second heat exchange channel 611 heat exchange area and improve heat exchange efficiency.
在图1所示的空调系统中,第一冷媒流流经多个第一微通道610,第二冷媒流流经多个第二微通道611,第一冷媒流可为液相冷媒流,第二冷媒流可为气液两相冷媒流。第二冷媒流在沿多个第二微通道611的流动过程中从多个第一微通道610的第一冷媒流吸热,并进一步气化,以使得第一冷媒流进一步过冷。在其他实施例中,第一冷媒流和第二冷媒流也可以采用上文描述的其他设置方式。In the air conditioning system shown in FIG. 1 , the first refrigerant flow flows through a plurality of first microchannels 610 , and the second refrigerant flow flows through a plurality of second microchannels 611 . The secondary refrigerant flow may be a gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant flow. The second refrigerant stream absorbs heat from the first refrigerant stream of the plurality of first microchannels 610 during its flow along the plurality of second microchannels 611 and is further vaporized, so that the first refrigerant stream is further subcooled. In other embodiments, the first refrigerant flow and the second refrigerant flow may also adopt other arrangements described above.
在一实施例中,第一板体631的数量可以为两个,第二板体632夹持设置于两个第一板体631之间,例如第一板体631、第二板体632和第一板体631依次层叠设置。通过第二板体632夹持设置于两个第一板体631之间,以使第二板体632的第二冷媒流同时对两个第一板体631的第一冷媒流进行吸热,实现两个第一板体631的第一冷媒流过冷。此外,散热元件或电子元件可以设置成与第一板体631导热连接,例如散热元件或电子元件可以设置第一板体631远离第二板体632的表面上,便于安装。在一实施例中,两个第一板体631可以是两个相互独立的板体。在其他实施例中,两个第一板体631也可以是呈U形一体连 接,此时两个第一板体631内的第一微通道610呈U形连通,进而使得第一微通道610的入口和出口位于换热主体61的同一侧。In one embodiment, the number of the first plate bodies 631 may be two, and the second plate body 632 is sandwiched between the two first plate bodies 631 , for example, the first plate body 631 , the second plate body 632 and the The first plate bodies 631 are stacked in sequence. The second plate body 632 is sandwiched between the two first plate bodies 631, so that the second refrigerant flow of the second plate body 632 absorbs heat to the first refrigerant flow of the two first plate bodies 631 at the same time, Subcooling of the first refrigerant flow of the two first plates 631 is achieved. In addition, the heat dissipation element or electronic element can be arranged to be thermally connected with the first plate body 631 , for example, the heat dissipation element or electronic element can be disposed on the surface of the first plate body 631 away from the second plate body 632 for easy installation. In one embodiment, the two first plate bodies 631 may be two independent plate bodies. In other embodiments, the two first plates 631 may also be integrally connected in a U-shape. In this case, the first microchannels 610 in the two first plates 631 are connected in a U-shape, so that the first microchannels 610 The inlet and outlet are located on the same side of the heat exchange body 61 .
在其他实施例中,第二板体632的数量可以为两个,第一板体631夹持设置于两个第二板体632之间。此时,散热元件或电子元件可以设置成与第二板体632导热连接。In other embodiments, the number of the second plate bodies 632 may be two, and the first plate body 631 is sandwiched between the two second plate bodies 632 . At this time, the heat dissipating element or the electronic element may be arranged to be thermally connected with the second plate body 632 .
如图10所示,换热器6还包括集流管组件62,集流管组件62包括第一集流管621和第二集流管622,第一集流管621设置有第一集流通道,第二集流管622设置有第二集流通道。其中,换热器6沿冷媒流在换热主体61中的流动方向的的横截面形状为I形。在其他实施例中,换热器6沿冷媒流在换热主体61中的流动方向的横截面形状可以为L形、U形、G形或者圆形等。As shown in FIG. 10 , the heat exchanger 6 further includes a header assembly 62. The header assembly 62 includes a first header 621 and a second header 622. The first header 621 is provided with a first header The second header 622 is provided with a second header channel. Wherein, the cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 is an I-shape. In other embodiments, the cross-sectional shape of the heat exchanger 6 along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 may be L-shaped, U-shaped, G-shaped, or circular.
第一集流通道与第一微通道610连接,以通过第一集流通道向多个第一微通道610提供第一冷媒流和/或收集流经多个第一微通道610的第一冷媒流。第一集流管621的数量为两个,两个第一集流管621分别连接于第一板体631的两端,以利用两个第一集流管621中的一个向多个第一微通道610提供第一冷媒流;并利用两个第一集流管621中的另一个收集流经多个第一微通道610的第一冷媒流。The first header channel is connected to the first microchannel 610 to provide the first refrigerant flow to the plurality of first microchannels 610 through the first header channel and/or to collect the first refrigerant flowing through the plurality of first microchannels 610 flow. The number of the first headers 621 is two, and the two first headers 621 are respectively connected to both ends of the first plate body 631, so as to use one of the two first headers 621 to connect to the plurality of first headers 621 . The microchannel 610 provides the first refrigerant flow; and utilizes the other of the two first headers 621 to collect the first refrigerant flow flowing through the plurality of first microchannels 610 .
第二集流通道与第二微通道611连接,以通过第二集流通道向多个第二微通道611提供第二冷媒流和/或收集流经多个第二微通道611的第二冷媒流。第二集流管622的数量为两个,两个第二集流管622分别连接于第二板体632的两端,以利用两个第二集流管622中的一个向多个第二微通道611提供第二冷媒流;并利用两个第二集流管622中的另一个收集流经多个第二微通道611的第二冷媒流。The second header channel is connected to the second microchannel 611 to provide the second refrigerant flow to the plurality of second microchannels 611 through the second header channel and/or collect the second refrigerant flowing through the plurality of second microchannels 611 flow. The number of the second headers 622 is two, and the two second headers 622 are respectively connected to both ends of the second plate body 632 , so as to use one of the two second headers 622 to connect to the plurality of second headers 622 . The microchannel 611 provides the second refrigerant flow; and the second refrigerant flow flowing through the plurality of second microchannels 611 is collected by the other of the two second headers 622 .
可选地,换热主体61可以包括至少两组第一板体631和第二板体632,该至少两组第一板体631和第二板体632沿延伸方向的垂直方向彼此间隔。例如,如图10所示,换热主体61包括三组第一板体631和第二板体632,三组第一板体631和第二板体632沿第一微通道610的延伸方向或第二微通道611的延伸方向的垂直方向间隔设置。Optionally, the heat exchange body 61 may include at least two groups of first and second plates 631 and 632 spaced apart from each other in a vertical direction of the extending direction. For example, as shown in FIG. 10 , the heat exchange main body 61 includes three groups of first plates 631 and second plates 632 , and the three groups of first plates 631 and second plates 632 are along the extending direction of the first microchannel 610 or The second microchannels 611 are arranged at intervals in the vertical direction of the extending direction.
该至少两组第一板体631和第二板体632中的第一板体631的同一端与同一个第一集流管621连接,该至少两组第一板体631和第二板体632中的第二板体632的同一端与同一个第二集流管622连接,例如换热主体61的所有第一板体631的同一端与同一个第一集流管621连接,换热主体61的所有第二板体632的同一端与同一个第二集流管622连接,降低成本。The same end of the first plate body 631 in the at least two groups of the first plate body 631 and the second plate body 632 is connected to the same first header 621, and the at least two groups of the first plate body 631 and the second plate body The same end of the second plate body 632 in the 632 is connected to the same second header 622, for example, the same end of all the first plate bodies 631 of the heat exchange main body 61 is connected to the same first header 621, heat exchange The same ends of all the second plates 632 of the main body 61 are connected to the same second header 622, thereby reducing the cost.
在本实施例中,第一集流管621和第二集流管622沿换热主体61的延伸方向间隔设置。第二板体632贯穿第一集流管621,并插入第二集流管622内,其中第一集流管621设置在第二集流管622和换热主体61之间,第二板体632贯穿第一集流管621,并插入到第二集流管622中并焊接固定,第一板体631插入到第一集流管621中并焊接固定。在其他实施例中,可以是第一板体631贯穿第二集流管622后与第一集流管621连接。In this embodiment, the first header 621 and the second header 622 are arranged at intervals along the extending direction of the heat exchange body 61 . The second plate body 632 penetrates through the first header 621 and is inserted into the second header 622, wherein the first header 621 is disposed between the second header 622 and the heat exchange body 61, and the second plate body 632 penetrates through the first header 621 and is inserted into the second header 622 and fixed by welding, and the first plate body 631 is inserted into the first header 621 and fixed by welding. In other embodiments, the first plate body 631 may be connected to the first header 621 after passing through the second header 622 .
第一集流管621和第二集流管622之间的距离为R-2R,R为第一集流管621沿第一集流管621和第二集流管622的间隔方向的最大截面尺寸。第一集流管621和第二集流管622的截面形状均可以为圆形,R为第一集流管621的直径或者第二集流管622的直径。进一步,如上文描述的,第一集流管621和第二集流管622的截面形状为非圆形时,R为为第一集流管621或第二集流管622外接圆的直径。The distance between the first header 621 and the second header 622 is R-2R, where R is the maximum cross-section of the first header 621 along the spacing direction of the first header 621 and the second header 622 size. The cross-sectional shapes of the first header 621 and the second header 622 may both be circular, and R is the diameter of the first header 621 or the diameter of the second header 622 . Further, as described above, when the cross-sectional shapes of the first header 621 and the second header 622 are non-circular, R is the diameter of the circumscribed circle of the first header 621 or the second header 622 .
集流管组件62还可以为上文描述的各种集流管设置方式,例如上文描述的总集流管623和隔流板624的设置方式,或者第一集流管621和第二集流管622彼此嵌套的设置方式。此时,第一板体631连同其上的第一微通道610以及第二板体633连同其上的第二微通道611均可以采用上文描述的方式与上述集流管配合,在此不再赘述。The header assembly 62 can also be the various header arrangements described above, such as the arrangement of the overall header 623 and the baffle plate 624 described above, or the first header 621 and the second header The arrangement in which the flow tubes 622 are nested within each other. At this time, the first plate body 631 together with the first microchannels 610 thereon and the second plate body 633 and the second microchannels 611 thereon can all be matched with the above-mentioned collectors in the manner described above, which is not described here. Repeat.
4.换热器作为散热器4. Heat exchanger as radiator
本申请还可以将上述换热器6用作散热器(以下以散热器6进行描述),散热器6包括换热主体61和集流管组件62,并将散热器6设置于电控盒7上,以用于为电控盒7及其内部的电子元件71进行散热。值得注意的是,如本领域技术人员所理解的,此处所提及的散热器6应该包括上文描述的各种形式的换热器,而不应该局限于某一个特定实施例。In the present application, the above-mentioned heat exchanger 6 can also be used as a radiator (the radiator 6 will be described below). The upper part is used to dissipate heat for the electronic control box 7 and the electronic components 71 inside it. It is worth noting that, as understood by those skilled in the art, the radiator 6 mentioned here should include various forms of heat exchangers described above, and should not be limited to a specific embodiment.
如图11所示,电控盒7可包括盒体72和电子元件71,盒体72设有安装腔721,电子元件71设置于安装腔721内。盒体72一般采用钣金件,设于安装腔721内的电子元件71通常可以为压缩机、风机、电容、电控以及共模电感等。As shown in FIG. 11 , the electric control box 7 may include a box body 72 and an electronic component 71 . The box body 72 is provided with an installation cavity 721 , and the electronic component 71 is arranged in the installation cavity 721 . The box body 72 is generally made of sheet metal, and the electronic components 71 disposed in the installation cavity 721 can generally be compressors, fans, capacitors, electrical controls, common mode inductors, and the like.
如图11所示,盒体72包括顶板(图中未示出,与底板723相对设置,遮盖安装腔721的开口)、底板723和周向侧板724,顶板和底板723相对间隔设置,周向侧板724连接于顶板和底板723,进而形成安装腔721。As shown in FIG. 11 , the box body 72 includes a top plate (not shown in the figure, arranged opposite to the bottom plate 723 to cover the opening of the installation cavity 721 ), a bottom plate 723 and a circumferential side plate 724 . The side plate 724 is connected to the top plate and the bottom plate 723 , thereby forming an installation cavity 721 .
具体来说,在图11中,底板723和顶板呈长方形,周向侧板724的数量为四个,四个周向侧板724分别连接于底板723和顶板的对应侧边,进而与底板723和顶板围合形成长方体状的电控盒7。底板723的长边大小即为电控盒7的长度,底板723的短边大小即为电控盒7的宽度。周向侧板724的垂直于底板723的高度大小即为电控盒7的高度。如图11所示,电控盒7在X方向上的长度即为电控盒7的长度,电控盒7在Y方向上的长度即为电控盒7的高度,电控盒7在Z方向上的长度即为电控盒7的宽度。Specifically, in FIG. 11 , the bottom plate 723 and the top plate are rectangular, the number of circumferential side plates 724 is four, and the four circumferential side plates 724 are respectively connected to the corresponding side edges of the bottom plate 723 and the top plate, and further connected to the bottom plate 723 It is enclosed with the top plate to form a cuboid-shaped electric control box 7 . The size of the long side of the bottom plate 723 is the length of the electric control box 7 , and the size of the short side of the bottom plate 723 is the width of the electric control box 7 . The height of the circumferential side plate 724 perpendicular to the bottom plate 723 is the height of the electric control box 7 . As shown in FIG. 11 , the length of the electric control box 7 in the X direction is the length of the electric control box 7 , the length of the electric control box 7 in the Y direction is the height of the electric control box 7 , and the electric control box 7 in the Z direction is the height of the electric control box 7 . The length in the direction is the width of the electric control box 7 .
在其它一些实施例中,盒体72的底板723和顶板的形状还可以为圆形、梯形、三角形等形状,周向侧板724同样环绕底板723的外周进行设置,以形成其它形状的电控盒7,电控盒7的形状具体可以根据需要进行设置,本申请实施例不做具体限定。In some other embodiments, the shapes of the bottom plate 723 and the top plate of the box body 72 can also be circular, trapezoidal, triangular, etc. The circumferential side plates 724 are also arranged around the outer circumference of the bottom plate 723 to form other shapes of electric control The shape of the box 7 and the electric control box 7 can be specifically set as required, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
以下几个实施例将对散热器6与电控盒7的具体组合方式进行详细的说明。The following embodiments will describe the specific combination of the radiator 6 and the electric control box 7 in detail.
5.换热主体呈L型、U型5. The main body of heat exchange is L-shaped and U-shaped
通常情况下,换热主体61呈直条状设置,如图10所示,换热主体61具有整体长度、整体宽度和整体高度。其中,整体长度即为换热主体61沿其延伸方向上的长度,即换热主体61沿图10中所示的X方向的长度。整体宽度为换热主体61在垂直于换热主体61的延伸方向且垂直于换热主体61所在平面的方向上的长度,即换热主体61沿图10中所示的Y方向的长度。整体高度为换热主体61沿图10中所示的Z方向的长度。Normally, the heat exchange body 61 is arranged in a straight shape, as shown in FIG. 10 , the heat exchange body 61 has an overall length, an overall width and an overall height. The overall length is the length of the heat exchange main body 61 along the extending direction thereof, that is, the length of the heat exchange main body 61 along the X direction shown in FIG. 10 . The overall width is the length of the heat exchange body 61 in the direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the heat exchange body 61 and perpendicular to the plane where the heat exchange body 61 is located, that is, the length of the heat exchange body 61 along the Y direction shown in FIG. 10 . The overall height is the length of the heat exchange body 61 in the Z direction shown in FIG. 10 .
其中,换热主体61所在平面指的是集流管组件62所处的平面,即图10中所示的XOZ平面。The plane where the heat exchange body 61 is located refers to the plane where the header assembly 62 is located, that is, the XOZ plane shown in FIG. 10 .
为了保证散热器6的换热效果,在散热器6横截面尺寸不变的情况下,需要增大换热主体61的延伸长度来增大换热面积,进而提升换热效果。如果采用直条状的换热主体61,会导致换热主体61的整体长度较长,使得与散热器6配合的电控盒7的体积较大,不利于电控盒7的小型化设计。In order to ensure the heat exchange effect of the radiator 6, the extension length of the heat exchange main body 61 needs to be increased to increase the heat exchange area under the condition that the cross-sectional dimension of the radiator 6 remains unchanged, thereby improving the heat exchange effect. If a straight heat exchange main body 61 is used, the overall length of the heat exchange main body 61 will be long, and the volume of the electric control box 7 matched with the radiator 6 will be larger, which is not conducive to the miniaturized design of the electric control box 7 .
因此,请参阅图11和图12,为了缩小换热主体61的整体长度,可以将换热主体61划分成第一延伸部617和第二延伸部618,第二延伸部618连接于第一延伸部617的端部并向第一延伸部617的一侧弯折。Therefore, referring to FIGS. 11 and 12, in order to reduce the overall length of the heat exchange body 61, the heat exchange body 61 can be divided into a first extension part 617 and a second extension part 618, and the second extension part 618 is connected to the first extension part 618. The end of the portion 617 is bent toward one side of the first extension portion 617 .
通过将换热主体61折弯形成弯折连接的第一延伸部617和第二延伸部618,可以在保证换热主体61具有足够长的延伸长度的条件下,缩小换热主体61的整体长度,进而可以缩小与散热器6配合的电控盒7沿X方向的长度,以缩小电控盒7的体积。By bending the heat exchange body 61 to form the first extension portion 617 and the second extension portion 618 connected by bending, the overall length of the heat exchange body 61 can be reduced on the condition that the heat exchange body 61 has a sufficiently long extension length , so that the length of the electric control box 7 matched with the heat sink 6 along the X direction can be reduced, so as to reduce the volume of the electric control box 7 .
在本实施例中,如图11和图12所示,可以将换热主体61设置于电控盒7的底板723上。In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 , the heat exchange main body 61 can be arranged on the bottom plate 723 of the electric control box 7 .
具体来说,可以将第一延伸部617设置成与底板723平行,以充分利用底板723的长度方向的尺寸,设置尽可能长的换热主体61,以提升换热效果。可以将第二延伸部618设置成与周向侧板724平行,以降低第二延伸部618在X方向上所占用的空间。Specifically, the first extension portion 617 can be arranged parallel to the bottom plate 723 to make full use of the lengthwise dimension of the bottom plate 723 to set the heat exchange main body 61 as long as possible to improve the heat exchange effect. The second extension 618 may be arranged parallel to the circumferential side plate 724 to reduce the space occupied by the second extension 618 in the X direction.
可选地,第一延伸部617可以抵接于底板723,或者与底板723间隔设置,第二延伸部618可以抵接于周向侧板724,或者与周向侧板724间隔设置,本申请实施例不做具体限定。Optionally, the first extension portion 617 may abut against the bottom plate 723 or be spaced from the bottom plate 723 , and the second extension portion 618 may abut against the circumferential side plate 724 or be spaced from the circumferential side plate 724 . The embodiment is not specifically limited.
或者,可以将换热主体61设置于电控盒7的周向侧板724上。具体来说,可以将第一延伸部617设置成与其中一个周向侧板724平行,将第二延伸部618设置成与该周向侧板724邻接的周向侧板724平行,以将散热器6设置于安装腔721的其中一侧。Alternatively, the heat exchange main body 61 may be disposed on the circumferential side plate 724 of the electric control box 7 . Specifically, the first extension portion 617 can be arranged to be parallel to one of the circumferential side plates 724 , and the second extension portion 618 can be arranged to be parallel to the circumferential side plate 724 adjacent to the circumferential side plate 724 to dissipate heat. The device 6 is arranged on one side of the installation cavity 721 .
或者,换热主体61还可以根据电子元件71等的设置位置固定在电控盒7的其他位置处,本申请实施例不做具体限定。Alternatively, the heat exchange main body 61 may also be fixed at other positions of the electric control box 7 according to the arrangement positions of the electronic components 71 and the like, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
进一步地,如图12所示,第二延伸部618的数量可以为一个,一个第二延伸部618连接于第一延伸部617的其中一端,以使得换热主体61呈L型。Further, as shown in FIG. 12 , the number of the second extension parts 618 may be one, and one second extension part 618 is connected to one end of the first extension part 617 , so that the heat exchange main body 61 is L-shaped.
如图13所示,第二延伸部618的数量可以为两个,两个第二延伸部618分别连接于第一延伸部617的相对两端,并分别向第一延伸部617的同一侧弯折。As shown in FIG. 13 , the number of the second extension parts 618 may be two, and the two second extension parts 618 are respectively connected to opposite ends of the first extension part 617 and are respectively bent to the same side of the first extension part 617 . fold.
具体来说,两个第二延伸部618可以平行间隔设置于第一延伸部617的相对两端,以在保证换热主体61的换热效果的情况下,进一步缩小换热主体61的整体长度,缩小散热器6的体积。另外,将两个第二延伸部618折弯设置于第一延伸部617的同一侧,相对于两个第二延伸部618分别位于第一延伸部617的相对两侧,也可以便于缩短散热器6的整体宽度。Specifically, the two second extending portions 618 may be disposed at opposite ends of the first extending portion 617 in parallel and spaced apart, so as to further reduce the overall length of the heat exchanging main body 61 while ensuring the heat exchange effect of the heat exchanging main body 61 , reducing the volume of the radiator 6 . In addition, the two second extending portions 618 are bent and arranged on the same side of the first extending portion 617, and are located on opposite sides of the first extending portion 617 relative to the two second extending portions 618, which can also facilitate shortening the heat sink. 6 overall width.
进一步地,两个第二延伸部618可以与第一延伸部617垂直设置,以形成U型的换热主体61。如此,不仅可以缩小换热主体61的整体长度,而且也可以降低第二延伸部618在X方向上所占用的空间,避免两个第二延伸部618与设于安装腔721内的电子元件71产生干涉。Further, the two second extension parts 618 may be perpendicular to the first extension part 617 to form a U-shaped heat exchange body 61 . In this way, not only the overall length of the heat exchange main body 61 can be reduced, but also the space occupied by the second extending portion 618 in the X direction can be reduced, avoiding the two second extending portions 618 and the electronic components 71 disposed in the mounting cavity 721 . interfere.
或者,两个第二延伸部618也可以相对第一延伸部617倾斜设置,且两个第二延伸部618相对于第一延伸部617倾斜的角度可以相同也可以不同,以缩短电控盒7的整体宽度。Alternatively, the two second extension parts 618 may also be inclined relative to the first extension part 617 , and the inclination angles of the two second extension parts 618 relative to the first extension part 617 may be the same or different, so as to shorten the electric control box 7 the overall width.
进一步地,第一延伸部617的延伸长度设置成大于第二延伸部618的延伸长度,进而使得第一延伸部617沿电控盒7的长度方向设置,而第二延伸部618沿电控盒7的宽度或高度方向设置。Further, the extension length of the first extension part 617 is set to be greater than the extension length of the second extension part 618 , so that the first extension part 617 is arranged along the length direction of the electric control box 7 , and the second extension part 618 is arranged along the length direction of the electric control box 7 . 7 for width or height direction settings.
进一步地,如图11所示,设于安装腔721内的散热器6的数量可以为一个,一个散热器6可以沿盒体72的长度方向延伸设置于安装腔721内。或者,一个散热器6可以沿盒体72的高度方向延伸设置于安装腔721内。Further, as shown in FIG. 11 , the number of radiators 6 disposed in the installation cavity 721 can be one, and one radiator 6 can be extended in the installation cavity 721 along the length direction of the box body 72 . Alternatively, a heat sink 6 may be extended in the installation cavity 721 along the height direction of the box body 72 .
或者,设于安装腔721内的散热器6的数量可以为至少两个,例如,散热器6的数量可以为两个、三个、四个或者五个等。通过设置数量较多的散热器6,可以提升电控盒7的散热效果。Alternatively, the number of the heat sinks 6 provided in the installation cavity 721 may be at least two, for example, the number of the heat sinks 6 may be two, three, four or five, and so on. By arranging a larger number of radiators 6, the heat dissipation effect of the electric control box 7 can be improved.
具体来说,设于安装腔721内的散热器6的数量可以为两个,且两个散热器6的换热主体61均呈L型,两个散热器6沿电控盒7的长度方向(X方向)间隔设置,即,两个散热器6的第一延伸部617沿电控盒7的长度方向(X方向)间隔设置,两个散热器6的第二延伸部618分别位于两个第一延伸部617相 互远离的一侧,以避免与设于安装腔721内的电子元件71产生干涉。Specifically, the number of radiators 6 disposed in the installation cavity 721 can be two, and the heat exchange bodies 61 of the two radiators 6 are both L-shaped, and the two radiators 6 are along the length direction of the electric control box 7 . (X direction) spaced apart, that is, the first extension parts 617 of the two heat sinks 6 are spaced apart along the length direction (X direction) of the electric control box 7, and the second extension parts 618 of the two heat sinks 6 are located at two One side of the first extending portion 617 away from each other is to avoid interference with the electronic components 71 disposed in the mounting cavity 721 .
可选地,还可以将两个散热器6沿电控盒7的宽度方向(Z方向)并排间隔设置,即,两个散热器6的第一延伸部617沿电控盒7的长度方向(X方向)延伸,并沿电控盒7的宽度方向(Z方向)并排间隔设置,两个散热器6的第二延伸部618可以分别位于对应的第一延伸部617的同一侧或者不同侧。Optionally, the two radiators 6 may also be arranged side by side and at intervals along the width direction (Z direction) of the electric control box 7 , that is, the first extending parts 617 of the two radiators 6 are arranged along the length direction (Z direction) of the electric control box 7 . X direction) and are arranged side by side and at intervals along the width direction (Z direction) of the electric control box 7 , the second extension parts 618 of the two heat sinks 6 can be located on the same side or different sides of the corresponding first extension parts 617 respectively.
5.1.固定支架5.1. Fixed bracket
目前,由于设置于电控盒7内的经济器的体积较大,且形状不规则,导致经济器的固定结构复杂,且安装效率低下。而本申请实施例中的散热器6呈板状设置,可以便于对散热器6进行安装和固定,进而提升装配效率。At present, due to the large volume and irregular shape of the economizer disposed in the electric control box 7, the fixing structure of the economizer is complicated and the installation efficiency is low. However, the radiator 6 in the embodiment of the present application is arranged in a plate shape, which can facilitate the installation and fixing of the radiator 6, thereby improving the assembly efficiency.
在本实施例中,如图14所示,电控盒7可以包括固定支架73,固定支架73连接于换热主体61和盒体72之间,以将换热主体61固定于电控盒7内。In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 14 , the electric control box 7 may include a fixing bracket 73 , and the fixing bracket 73 is connected between the heat exchange main body 61 and the box body 72 to fix the heat exchange main body 61 to the electric control box 7 . Inside.
可选地,在本实施例中,固定支架73可以连接在第一延伸部617和周向侧板724之间,固定支架73也可以连接在第二延伸部618和周向侧板724之间,其连接结构大体相同,下面以固定支架73连接在第一延伸部617和周向侧板724之间为例,对换热主体61与盒体72的连接结构进行说明。Optionally, in this embodiment, the fixing bracket 73 may be connected between the first extending portion 617 and the circumferential side plate 724 , and the fixing bracket 73 may also be connected between the second extending portion 618 and the circumferential side plate 724 , the connection structure is generally the same. The following takes the example of the connection between the first extension portion 617 and the circumferential side plate 724 of the fixing bracket 73 to describe the connection structure of the heat exchange main body 61 and the box body 72 .
如图14所示,固定支架73可包括弯折连接的第一固定部731和第二固定部732,第一固定部731与第一延伸部617焊接连接,第二固定部732与周向侧板724紧固连接。As shown in FIG. 14 , the fixing bracket 73 may include a first fixing portion 731 and a second fixing portion 732 that are connected by bending, the first fixing portion 731 is welded to the first extending portion 617 , and the second fixing portion 732 is connected to the circumferential side. Plate 724 is fastened.
具体地,第一固定部731焊接于换热主体61的其中一个主表面上,以增大固定支架73与换热主体61的焊接面积,提升焊接强度。通过将第一固定部731和第一延伸部617焊接连接,可以避免在第一延伸部617上穿孔而破坏设于换热主体61内的微通道。第二固定部732可以采用螺钉连接、卡接或者粘接等方式连接于周向侧板724上,以便于对散热器6进行维修或者更换。Specifically, the first fixing portion 731 is welded on one of the main surfaces of the heat exchange body 61 to increase the welding area between the fixing bracket 73 and the heat exchange body 61 and improve the welding strength. By welding the first fixing portion 731 and the first extending portion 617 , it is possible to avoid perforating the first extending portion 617 and destroying the microchannels provided in the heat exchange body 61 . The second fixing portion 732 may be connected to the circumferential side plate 724 by means of screw connection, snap connection, or adhesion, so as to facilitate maintenance or replacement of the radiator 6 .
其中,换热主体61的主表面指的是换热主体61表面积较大的表面,在本实施例中,如图10所示,换热主体61的主表面指的是平行于XOZ平面的表面。The main surface of the heat exchange body 61 refers to the surface with a larger surface area of the heat exchange body 61. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10 , the main surface of the heat exchange body 61 refers to the surface parallel to the XOZ plane. .
可选地,如图14所示,第二固定部732与第一固定部731垂直连接,以形成L型的固定支架73。通过将第一固定部731与第二固定部732垂直连接,可以使得固定支架73的受力更加均匀。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 14 , the second fixing portion 732 is vertically connected with the first fixing portion 731 to form an L-shaped fixing bracket 73 . By connecting the first fixing portion 731 and the second fixing portion 732 vertically, the force of the fixing bracket 73 can be made more uniform.
或者,如图15所示,固定支架73可包括弯折连接的第一固定部731、第二固定部732和第三固定部733,第一固定部731和第三固定部733相对间隔设置并与底板723连接,第二固定部732和底板723间隔设置,以围设形成夹持槽734,可以将第一延伸部617焊接于第二固定部732背离夹持槽734的一侧,此时,可以将换热主体61与底板723间隔设置,以断开换热主体61与电控盒7的接触,避免换热主体61与电控盒7发生换热,降低散热器6的散热效率。Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 15 , the fixing bracket 73 may include a first fixing part 731 , a second fixing part 732 and a third fixing part 733 which are connected by bending, and the first fixing part 731 and the third fixing part 733 are relatively spaced apart and connected to each other. Connected to the bottom plate 723, the second fixing portion 732 and the bottom plate 723 are spaced apart to form a clamping groove 734. The first extension portion 617 can be welded to the side of the second fixing portion 732 away from the clamping groove 734. At this time, , the heat exchange main body 61 and the bottom plate 723 can be spaced apart to disconnect the heat exchange main body 61 and the electric control box 7 to avoid heat exchange between the heat exchange main body 61 and the electric control box 7 and reduce the heat dissipation efficiency of the radiator 6 .
具体来说,第一固定部731和第三固定部733折弯连接于第二固定部732的相对两端,并位于第二固定部732的同一侧,以围设形成匚型的夹持槽734。第一固定部731和第三固定部733远离第二固定部732的端部连接于底板723上。其中,第二固定部732与换热主体61的连接方式可以与上述实施例中的相同,第一固定部731和第三固定部733与底板723的连接方式可以与上述实施例中的相同,请参照上述实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。Specifically, the first fixing portion 731 and the third fixing portion 733 are connected to opposite ends of the second fixing portion 732 by bending, and are located on the same side of the second fixing portion 732 to enclose a grooved clamping groove. 734. The ends of the first fixing portion 731 and the third fixing portion 733 away from the second fixing portion 732 are connected to the bottom plate 723 . The connection method between the second fixing portion 732 and the heat exchange main body 61 can be the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the connection method between the first fixing portion 731 and the third fixing portion 733 and the bottom plate 723 can be the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment. Please refer to the descriptions in the above embodiments, which are not repeated here.
或者,可以将第一延伸部617设于夹持槽734内,第一延伸部617沿换热主体61的整体宽度方向的相对两侧分别抵接于底板723和第二固定部732,第一延伸部617沿换热主体61的整体高度方向的相对两侧分别抵接于第一固定部731和第三固定部733,以将第一延伸部617保持固定。通过采用夹持的方式固定换热主体61,可以避免损坏换热主体61,并且也可以便于对换热主体61进行维修或者更换。Alternatively, the first extension portion 617 may be disposed in the clamping groove 734, and the first extension portion 617 abuts against the bottom plate 723 and the second fixing portion 732 on opposite sides along the entire width direction of the heat exchange body 61, respectively. The extending portion 617 abuts against the first fixing portion 731 and the third fixing portion 733 on opposite sides along the overall height direction of the heat exchange body 61 , so as to keep the first extending portion 617 fixed. By fixing the heat exchange main body 61 in a clamping manner, damage to the heat exchange main body 61 can be avoided, and maintenance or replacement of the heat exchange main body 61 can also be facilitated.
如本领域技术人员所理解的,上述固定支架可以用于固定本申请所公开的各种形式的散热器,并且其固定位置并不局限于上文所描述的具体位置。As understood by those skilled in the art, the above-mentioned fixing brackets can be used to fix various forms of heat sinks disclosed in the present application, and the fixing positions thereof are not limited to the specific positions described above.
5.2.散热器设置在电控盒内5.2. The radiator is set in the electric control box
进一步地,如图11所示,散热器6设置于电控盒7的安装腔721内。具体地,可以将散热器6与设于安装腔721内的电子元件71导热连接,以用于为电子元件71散热。Further, as shown in FIG. 11 , the radiator 6 is arranged in the installation cavity 721 of the electric control box 7 . Specifically, the heat sink 6 can be thermally connected to the electronic components 71 provided in the mounting cavity 721 to dissipate heat for the electronic components 71 .
具体来说,在图11所示的实施例中,可以将电子元件71与第一延伸部617和/或第二延伸部618导热连接。如本领域技术人员所理解的,也可以将本申请所公开的各种形式的散热器6设置于电控盒7的安装腔721内或应用于电控盒7的散热,并可以以直接或间接方式与电子元件71导热连接。Specifically, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , the electronic component 71 can be thermally connected to the first extension portion 617 and/or the second extension portion 618 . As understood by those skilled in the art, the various forms of heat sinks 6 disclosed in this application can also be arranged in the installation cavity 721 of the electrical control box 7 or applied to the heat dissipation of the electrical control box 7, and can be directly or It is thermally connected to the electronic component 71 in an indirect manner.
当将散热器6设置于安装腔721内时,在如图11所示的实施例中,可以将电子元件71与第一延伸部617导热连接,且电子元件71可以与第二延伸部618设置于第一延伸部617的同一侧,以缩短电控盒7的高度,即沿Y方向的尺寸。When the heat sink 6 is arranged in the mounting cavity 721 , in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , the electronic element 71 can be thermally connected to the first extension portion 617 , and the electronic element 71 can be arranged with the second extension portion 618 On the same side of the first extension portion 617 , the height of the electric control box 7 is shortened, that is, the dimension along the Y direction.
或者,可以将电子元件71与第二延伸部618导热连接,并具体可以将电子元件71设置于第二延伸部618朝向第一延伸部617的一侧,以缩短电控盒7的长度,即沿X方向的尺寸。Alternatively, the electronic element 71 can be thermally connected to the second extension portion 618, and specifically, the electronic element 71 can be disposed on the side of the second extension portion 618 facing the first extension portion 617, so as to shorten the length of the electric control box 7, that is, Dimensions along the X direction.
或者,还可以将电子元件71部分设置于第一延伸部617上,部分设置于第二延伸部618上,以使得电子元件71分布均匀。Alternatively, the electronic components 71 may also be partially disposed on the first extending portion 617 and partially disposed on the second extending portion 618 , so that the electronic components 71 are evenly distributed.
由于电子元件71的数量较多,如果将电子元件71与换热主体61一一进行连接会使得电子元件71的 安装较为复杂,安装效率低下。Due to the large number of electronic components 71, if the electronic components 71 are connected to the heat exchange body 61 one by one, the installation of the electronic components 71 will be complicated and the installation efficiency will be low.
故而,如图11和图16所示,还可以在电控盒7内设置散热固定板74,将电子元件71设置于散热固定板74上,然后将散热固定板74设置于换热主体61上,以通过散热固定板74将电子元件71和换热主体61导热连接,如此,可以极大的提高电子元件71的安装效率。Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 11 and 16 , a heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can also be arranged in the electric control box 7 , the electronic components 71 can be arranged on the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 , and then the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be arranged on the heat exchange main body 61 . , so that the electronic components 71 and the heat exchange main body 61 are thermally connected through the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 , so that the installation efficiency of the electronic components 71 can be greatly improved.
具体来说,可以将散热固定板74设置于第一延伸部617和/或第二延伸部618上,并将电子元件71设置于散热固定板74背离第一延伸部617和/或第二延伸部618的一侧。Specifically, the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 may be disposed on the first extension portion 617 and/or the second extension portion 618, and the electronic components 71 may be disposed on the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 away from the first extension portion 617 and/or the second extension part 618 on one side.
进一步地,可以将散热固定板74设置于换热主体61的主表面上,以增大散热固定板74与换热主体61的接触面积,进而提升热传导效率。并且,换热主体61的主表面对散热固定板74的支撑面较大,可以提升电子元件71的安装稳定性。Further, the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be disposed on the main surface of the heat exchange body 61 to increase the contact area between the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 and the heat exchange body 61 , thereby improving the heat conduction efficiency. In addition, the main surface of the heat exchange body 61 has a larger support surface for the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 , which can improve the installation stability of the electronic components 71 .
其中,散热固定板74可以采用导热性能良好的金属板或者合金板制成,例如,散热固定板74可以采用铝板、铜板、铝合金板等制成,以提升热传导效率。The heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be made of a metal plate or an alloy plate with good thermal conductivity. For example, the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be made of an aluminum plate, a copper plate, an aluminum alloy plate, etc. to improve the heat conduction efficiency.
或者,如图17所示,还可以在散热固定板74内嵌设热管741,热管741用于将较为集中的高密度热源快速导热进而扩散至整个散热固定板74的表面,以使得散热固定板74上的热量分布均匀,增强散热固定板74与换热主体61的换热效果。Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 17 , a heat pipe 741 can also be embedded in the heat dissipation fixing plate 74. The heat pipe 741 is used to rapidly conduct heat from a relatively concentrated high-density heat source and then spread it to the entire surface of the heat dissipation fixing plate 74, so that the heat dissipation fixing plate The heat distribution on the 74 is uniform, and the heat exchange effect between the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 and the heat exchange main body 61 is enhanced.
其中,如图17中上侧的附图所示,热管741可以呈长条状设置,热管741的数量可以包括多个,多个热管741可以平行间隔排布。或者,如图17中下侧的附图所示,多个热管741也可以顺次连接呈环形或者框型,本申请实施例不做具体限定。17 , the heat pipes 741 may be arranged in a strip shape, the number of the heat pipes 741 may include multiple, and the multiple heat pipes 741 may be arranged in parallel and spaced apart. Alternatively, as shown in the lower drawing in FIG. 17 , the plurality of heat pipes 741 may also be connected in sequence in a ring shape or a frame shape, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
5.3.散热器设置在电控盒外5.3. The radiator is set outside the electric control box
如图18所示,散热器6设置于电控盒7的外部,可以在电控盒7的盒体72上开设装配口726,并将电子元件71通过装配口726与散热器6导热连接。As shown in FIG. 18 , the radiator 6 is disposed outside the electric control box 7 , an assembly port 726 can be opened on the box body 72 of the electric control box 7 , and the electronic components 71 are thermally connected to the heat sink 6 through the assembly port 726 .
具体来说,如图18所示,可以将散热固定板74连接于散热器6上并封堵装配口726,将电子元件71设置于散热固定板74背离散热器6的一侧表面上。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 18 , the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be connected to the heat sink 6 and the mounting opening 726 can be blocked, and the electronic components 71 can be arranged on the surface of the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 away from the heat sink 6 .
或者,如图19所示,可以设置热管741将电子元件71与散热器6导热连接。例如,热管741可以包括吸热端741a和放热端741b,可以将热管741的吸热端741a插置于安装腔721的内部,并与电子元件71导热连接,以用于吸收电子元件71的热量,将热管741的放热端741b设置于电控盒7的外部,并与散热器6导热连接,以利用散热器6为热管741的放热端741b散热。Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 19 , a heat pipe 741 may be provided to thermally connect the electronic component 71 and the heat sink 6 . For example, the heat pipe 741 may include a heat absorption end 741a and a heat release end 741b, and the heat absorption end 741a of the heat pipe 741 may be inserted into the interior of the mounting cavity 721 and thermally connected with the electronic component 71 for absorbing the heat of the electronic component 71. To dissipate heat, the radiating end 741b of the heat pipe 741 is disposed outside the electric control box 7 and is thermally connected to the radiator 6 to dissipate heat from the radiating end 741b of the heat pipe 741 by the radiator 6 .
5.4.散热翅片5.4. Cooling fins
由于电子元件71工作时产生的热量较大,而电控盒7通常为相对密闭的环境,如果电控盒7内的热量不能及时的排出,会导致电控盒7的安装腔721内的温度较高,如此,可能会损坏电子元件71。虽然设置于安装腔721内的散热器6中流动的冷媒会带走部分热量,但是电控盒7的散热性能仍然较差。Because the heat generated by the electronic components 71 is relatively large, and the electric control box 7 is usually a relatively closed environment, if the heat in the electric control box 7 cannot be discharged in time, the temperature in the installation cavity 721 of the electric control box 7 will be caused. higher, as such, the electronic components 71 may be damaged. Although the refrigerant flowing in the radiator 6 disposed in the installation cavity 721 will take away part of the heat, the heat dissipation performance of the electronic control box 7 is still poor.
故而,如图11和图20所示,可以在电控盒7内设置散热翅片75,并将散热翅片75与换热主体61导热连接,以利用散热翅片75增大换热主体61与电控盒7内的空气的接触面积,便于与空气进行换热,降低安装腔721内的温度,保护电子元件71。Therefore, as shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 20 , heat dissipation fins 75 can be provided in the electric control box 7 , and the heat dissipation fins 75 can be thermally connected to the heat exchange body 61 , so as to use the heat dissipation fins 75 to enlarge the heat exchange body 61 . The contact area with the air in the electric control box 7 facilitates heat exchange with the air, reduces the temperature in the installation cavity 721 , and protects the electronic components 71 .
可选地,可以将电子元件71和散热翅片75中的一个设置于第一延伸部617上,将电子元件71和散热翅片75中的另一个设置于第二延伸部618上,以将电子元件71和散热翅片75错开设置,避免电子元件71和散热翅片75产生干涉,并且将电子元件71和散热翅片75之间的距离设置的较大,也可以使得与散热翅片75和电子元件71接触的冷媒的温度均较低,以提升换热主体61的散热效果。Optionally, one of the electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation fins 75 may be disposed on the first extending portion 617, and the other of the electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation fins 75 may be disposed on the second extending portion 618, so that the The electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation fins 75 are staggered to avoid interference between the electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation fins 75, and the distance between the electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation fins 75 is set to be larger, so as to make the distance between the electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation fins 75 larger. The temperature of the refrigerant in contact with the electronic components 71 is lower, so as to improve the heat dissipation effect of the heat exchange body 61 .
进一步地,如图20所示,散热翅片75的数量可以为一个,散热翅片75沿换热主体61整体高度方向上的尺寸大于换热主体61的整体高度。散热翅片75可以通过焊接、粘接或者紧固连接的方式连接于换热主体61的表面。通过设置数量较少且表面积较大的散热翅片75,一方面可以便于将散热翅片75与换热主体61进行连接,提升散热翅片75与换热主体61的安装效率;另一方面也可以增大散热翅片75与空气的接触面积,增强换热效果。Further, as shown in FIG. 20 , the number of the heat dissipation fins 75 may be one, and the size of the heat dissipation fins 75 along the overall height direction of the heat exchange body 61 is greater than the overall height of the heat exchange body 61 . The heat dissipation fins 75 may be connected to the surface of the heat exchange body 61 by welding, bonding or fastening. By arranging the heat dissipation fins 75 with a small number and a large surface area, on the one hand, the connection between the heat dissipation fins 75 and the heat exchange main body 61 can be facilitated, and the installation efficiency of the heat dissipation fins 75 and the heat exchange main body 61 can be improved; The contact area between the heat dissipation fins 75 and the air can be increased to enhance the heat exchange effect.
如图21所示,散热翅片75的数量可以为多个,每一散热翅片75沿换热主体61整体高度方向上的尺寸等于每一板体沿换热主体61整体高度方向上的尺寸,每一散热翅片75贴附于一个板体上,多个散热翅片75可以沿换热主体61整体高度方向间隔排列,以增大散热翅片75与空气的接触面积。通过将散热翅片75设置为间隔的多个,不仅可以保证散热翅片75的换热效率,而且也可以节省材料,降低生产成本。As shown in FIG. 21 , the number of heat dissipation fins 75 can be multiple, and the size of each heat dissipation fin 75 along the overall height direction of the heat exchange body 61 is equal to the size of each plate body along the overall height direction of the heat exchange body 61 . Each heat dissipation fin 75 is attached to a plate body, and a plurality of heat dissipation fins 75 can be arranged at intervals along the overall height direction of the heat exchange body 61 to increase the contact area between the heat dissipation fins 75 and the air. By arranging a plurality of heat dissipation fins 75 at intervals, not only the heat exchange efficiency of the heat dissipation fins 75 can be ensured, but also materials and production costs can be saved.
在其他实施例中,散热翅片75也可以延伸到电控盒的外侧,例如在盒体72上开设装配口,换热主体61设置在盒体72内,并与电子元件71导热连接,而散热翅片75的一侧与换热主体61导热连接,并经装配口延伸到盒体72的外侧,并可以进一步通过风冷辅助来提高换热主体61的散热能力。In other embodiments, the heat dissipation fins 75 can also extend to the outside of the electric control box, for example, an assembly opening is provided on the box body 72, the heat exchange body 61 is arranged in the box body 72, and is thermally connected with the electronic components 71, while One side of the heat dissipation fins 75 is thermally connected to the heat exchange main body 61 and extends to the outside of the box body 72 through the assembly port, and can further improve the heat dissipation capability of the heat exchange main body 61 through the assistance of air cooling.
值得注意的是,如本领域技术人员所理解的,上述散热翅片结构适用于本申请描述的各种形式的换热器,而不应该局限于某一个特定实施例。It is worth noting that, as understood by those skilled in the art, the above-mentioned heat dissipation fin structure is applicable to various forms of heat exchangers described in this application, and should not be limited to a specific embodiment.
6.G型换热主体及其与电子元件的配合关系6. G-type heat exchange main body and its cooperation with electronic components
请参阅图22,本实施例中的散热器6的结构与上述实施例中的散热器6的结构大致相同,不同之处在 于,在本实施例中,散热器6还包括第三延伸部619。其中,第一延伸部617和第三延伸部619并排且间隔设置,第二延伸部618连接于第一延伸部617和第三延伸部619的相邻端部之间。Referring to FIG. 22 , the structure of the heat sink 6 in this embodiment is substantially the same as the structure of the heat sink 6 in the above-mentioned embodiment, the difference is that in this embodiment, the heat sink 6 further includes a third extension portion 619 . The first extension portion 617 and the third extension portion 619 are arranged side by side and spaced apart, and the second extension portion 618 is connected between adjacent ends of the first extension portion 617 and the third extension portion 619 .
具体来说,第三延伸部619连接于第二延伸部618背离第一延伸部617的一端,并向第二延伸部618朝向第一延伸部617的一侧弯折,以与第一延伸部617间隔设置。如此,可以在保证换热主体61的延伸长度不变的情况下,缩小换热主体61的整体长度和整体宽度,以进一步缩小与散热器6配合的电控盒7的体积。Specifically, the third extension portion 619 is connected to the end of the second extension portion 618 away from the first extension portion 617 , and is bent toward the side of the second extension portion 618 toward the first extension portion 617 so as to be connected with the first extension portion 617 . 617 interval settings. In this way, the overall length and width of the heat exchange body 61 can be reduced while the extension length of the heat exchange body 61 is kept unchanged, so as to further reduce the volume of the electric control box 7 matched with the radiator 6 .
可选地,如图22所示,第二延伸部618的数量为两个,两个第二延伸部618分别弯折连接于第一延伸部617的相对两端,第三延伸部619的数量为一个,一个第三延伸部619设置在其中一个第二延伸部618背离第一延伸部617的端部,并向靠近另一个第二延伸部618的方向弯折,以形成G型的换热主体61。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 22 , the number of the second extension parts 618 is two, and the two second extension parts 618 are respectively bent and connected to opposite ends of the first extension part 617 , and the number of the third extension parts 619 is For one, a third extension 619 is provided at the end of one of the second extensions 618 away from the first extension 617, and is bent toward the direction of the other second extension 618 to form a G-shaped heat exchange main body 61.
或者,第二延伸部618的数量还可以设置为一个,一个第二延伸部618弯折连接于第一延伸部617的其中一端,第三延伸部619的数量为一个,一个第三延伸部619设置在第二延伸部618背离第一延伸部617的端部,并向朝向第一延伸部617的方向弯折。Alternatively, the number of the second extension parts 618 can also be set to one, one second extension part 618 is bent and connected to one end of the first extension part 617 , the number of the third extension parts 619 is one, and one third extension part 619 It is provided at the end of the second extension portion 618 away from the first extension portion 617 , and is bent toward the direction of the first extension portion 617 .
或者,第二延伸部618的数量可以设置为两个,两个第二延伸部618分别弯折连接于第一延伸部617的相对两端,第三延伸部619的数量为两个,两个第三延伸部619分别连接于两个第二延伸部618背离第一延伸部617的端部,并向相互靠近的方向延伸设置,以进一步缩小换热主体61的整体长度。Alternatively, the number of the second extension parts 618 can be set to two, the two second extension parts 618 are respectively connected to opposite ends of the first extension part 617 by bending, and the number of the third extension parts 619 is two, two The third extension parts 619 are respectively connected to the ends of the two second extension parts 618 away from the first extension part 617 , and extend toward each other to further reduce the overall length of the heat exchange body 61 .
进一步地,第三延伸部619可以与第一延伸部617平行间隔设置,以避免第三延伸部619增大换热主体61的整体宽度,并且也可以便于在第一延伸部617和第三延伸部619的间隔内设置电子元件71等,以充分利用电控盒7的内部空间。Further, the third extension part 619 can be arranged in parallel with the first extension part 617 and spaced apart to prevent the third extension part 619 from increasing the overall width of the heat exchange body 61 , and can also facilitate the extension between the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619 . The electronic components 71 and the like are arranged in the interval of the part 619 to make full use of the internal space of the electric control box 7 .
具体来说,可以将电子元件71设置在第一延伸部617上,并与第一延伸部617导热连接,且电子元件71位于第一延伸部617和第三延伸部619之间的间隔内。或者,还可以将电子元件71设置在第三延伸部619上,并与第三延伸部619导热连接,且电子元件71位于第一延伸部617和第三延伸部619之间的间隔内。通过将电子元件71设置在第一延伸部617和第三延伸部619之间的间隔内,可以充分利用第一延伸部617和第三延伸部619之间的空间,使得电子元件71和换热主体61的结构更加紧凑。或者,还可以将电子元件71同时设置在第一延伸部617和第三延伸部619上,并将电子元件71同时与第一延伸部617和第三延伸部619导热连接,以进一步提升散热器6与电子元件71之间的换热,提升电子元件71的散热效率。Specifically, the electronic element 71 may be disposed on the first extension portion 617 and thermally connected to the first extension portion 617 , and the electronic element 71 is located in the interval between the first extension portion 617 and the third extension portion 619 . Alternatively, the electronic element 71 can also be disposed on the third extension part 619 and thermally connected with the third extension part 619 , and the electronic element 71 is located in the interval between the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619 . By arranging the electronic element 71 in the interval between the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619, the space between the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619 can be fully utilized, so that the electronic element 71 and the heat exchange The structure of the main body 61 is more compact. Alternatively, the electronic element 71 can also be disposed on the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619 at the same time, and the electronic element 71 can be thermally connected to the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619 at the same time, so as to further improve the heat sink The heat exchange between 6 and the electronic components 71 improves the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic components 71 .
进一步地,电子元件71的种类有多种,根据电子元件71使用时出现故障的频率可以将电子元件71划分为容易出现故障的和不容易出现故障的。由于第一延伸部617和第三延伸部619之间的空间较小,不便于对电子元件71进行拆装,故而,在本实施例中,可以进一步将不容易出现故障的电子元件71设置在第一延伸部617和第三延伸部619之间,以降低电子元件71的维修几率。Further, there are various types of electronic components 71 , and the electronic components 71 can be divided into those that are prone to failure and those that are not prone to failure according to the frequency of failure of the electronic components 71 during use. Since the space between the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619 is small, it is inconvenient to disassemble and assemble the electronic component 71. Therefore, in this embodiment, the electronic component 71 that is not prone to failure can be further arranged in the between the first extension part 617 and the third extension part 619 to reduce the maintenance probability of the electronic component 71 .
进一步地,散热固定板74除了可以采用上述实施例中的方式固定于第一延伸部617和/或第二延伸部618上,还可以固定在第三延伸部619上。Further, the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be fixed on the third extending portion 619 in addition to the manner in the above-mentioned embodiment.
具体来说,可以将散热固定板74设置于第三延伸部619朝向第一延伸部617的一侧,并将电子元件71设置于散热固定板74朝向第一延伸部617的一侧,以使得电子元件71和换热主体61的结构更加紧凑,避免过多的占用电控盒7的内部空间。Specifically, the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be disposed on the side of the third extending portion 619 facing the first extending portion 617, and the electronic components 71 can be disposed on the side of the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 facing the first extending portion 617, so that the The structures of the electronic components 71 and the heat exchange main body 61 are more compact, so as to avoid excessive occupation of the internal space of the electric control box 7 .
同样地,在本实施例中,散热翅片75除了可以采用上述实施例中的方式固定于第一延伸部617和/或第二延伸部618上,还可以固定在第三延伸部619上。Similarly, in this embodiment, the heat dissipation fins 75 can be fixed on the first extension part 617 and/or the second extension part 618 in the manner in the above-mentioned embodiment, and can also be fixed on the third extension part 619 .
具体来说,可以将散热翅片75和电子元件71的其中一者设置于第一延伸部617上,并可以将散热翅片75和电子元件71中的另一者设置于第二延伸部618和/或第三延伸部619上,以将散热翅片75和电子元件71相互错开的设置。Specifically, one of the heat dissipation fins 75 and the electronic element 71 can be disposed on the first extension portion 617 , and the other of the heat dissipation fin 75 and the electronic element 71 can be disposed on the second extension portion 618 and/or the third extension portion 619, so as to stagger the heat dissipation fins 75 and the electronic components 71 from each other.
可选地,散热翅片75的数量可以为一个,一个散热翅片75设置于第二延伸部618或者第三延伸部619上。或者,散热翅片75的数量还可以为两个,两个散热翅片75分别设置于第二延伸部618和第三延伸部619上,以增大散热翅片75与空气的接触面积,提升散热器6的散热效果。Optionally, the number of heat dissipation fins 75 may be one, and one heat dissipation fin 75 is disposed on the second extension portion 618 or the third extension portion 619 . Alternatively, the number of the heat dissipation fins 75 may also be two, and the two heat dissipation fins 75 are respectively disposed on the second extension portion 618 and the third extension portion 619 to increase the contact area between the heat dissipation fins 75 and the air, and improve the The heat dissipation effect of the radiator 6.
7.散热板设置在散热器温度较高的位置7. The heat dissipation plate is set in a position where the temperature of the radiator is higher
请参阅图23,本实施例中的电控盒7包括盒体72、散热器6和电子元件71,盒体72设有安装腔721,散热器6至少部分设置于安装腔721内,电子元件71设于安装腔721内。其中,盒体72和散热器6的结构与上述实施例中的大致相同,请参照上述实施例中的描述。Referring to FIG. 23 , the electrical control box 7 in this embodiment includes a box body 72 , a heat sink 6 and electronic components 71 . The box body 72 is provided with a mounting cavity 721 , and the heat sink 6 is at least partially arranged in the mounting cavity 721 , and the electronic components 71 is arranged in the installation cavity 721 . The structures of the box body 72 and the radiator 6 are substantially the same as those in the above embodiments, please refer to the descriptions in the above embodiments.
可选地,换热主体61可以全部设置于电控盒7的安装腔721内,换热主体61也可以部分设置于电控盒7的安装腔721内,部分凸伸出电控盒7外,以用于与集流管组件62和外部管路连接。Optionally, the heat exchange main body 61 may be entirely disposed in the installation cavity 721 of the electric control box 7 , and the heat exchange main body 61 may also be partially disposed in the installation cavity 721 of the electric control box 7 and partially protrude out of the electric control box 7 . , for connection with the header assembly 62 and external piping.
冷媒流的流动使得散热器6的温度较低,由于电控盒7内电子元件71发热使得电控盒7的安装腔721内的温度较高,当电控盒7内温度较高的空气接触到散热器6时容易冷凝,进而在散热器6的表面形成冷凝水。如果生成的冷凝水流动至电子元件71的位置处,容易使得电子元件71短路或者损坏,更严重的会产生火灾隐患。The flow of the refrigerant flow makes the temperature of the radiator 6 lower, and the temperature in the installation cavity 721 of the electric control box 7 is higher due to the heat generated by the electronic components 71 in the electric control box 7. When the air with a higher temperature in the electric control box 7 contacts When it reaches the radiator 6 , it is easy to condense, and condensed water is formed on the surface of the radiator 6 . If the generated condensed water flows to the position of the electronic components 71 , the electronic components 71 may be easily short-circuited or damaged, and a fire hazard may be more serious.
故而,如图23所示,可以将换热主体61沿冷媒流的流向划分为第一端61a和第二端61b,换热主体61的温度在从第一端61a到第二端61b的方向上逐渐降低,即第一端61a的温度高于第二端61b的温度。电子元件71设置在靠近第一端61a的位置处,并将电子元件71与换热主体61导热连接。需要注意的是,由于换热主体61需要与电控盒7的内部环境或其内部元件进行换热,因此上文以及下文描述的换热主体61的温度是指换热主体61的表面温度。具体来说,换热主体61的表面温度变化由与表面相邻的换热通道决定。例如,当换热主体61的表面所相邻的换热通道为主路通道时,由于主路通道的冷媒流随着流动不断被辅路通道的冷媒流吸热,因此换热主体61的表面温度沿主路通道的冷媒流向逐渐降低,此时第一端61a沿主路通道的冷媒流向位于第二端61b的上游。当换热主体61的表面所相邻的换热通道为辅路通道时,换热主体61的表面温度沿辅路通道的冷媒流向逐渐降升高,此时第一端61a沿辅路通道的冷媒流向位于第二端61b的下游。Therefore, as shown in FIG. 23, the heat exchange body 61 can be divided into a first end 61a and a second end 61b along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow, and the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 is in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b. The temperature of the first end 61a is gradually decreased, that is, the temperature of the first end 61a is higher than that of the second end 61b. The electronic component 71 is disposed at a position close to the first end 61 a and thermally connects the electronic component 71 with the heat exchange body 61 . It should be noted that since the heat exchange body 61 needs to exchange heat with the internal environment of the electric control box 7 or its internal components, the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 described above and below refers to the surface temperature of the heat exchange body 61 . Specifically, the surface temperature change of the heat exchange body 61 is determined by the heat exchange channels adjacent to the surface. For example, when the heat exchange channel adjacent to the surface of the heat exchange main body 61 is the main channel channel, since the refrigerant flow in the main channel channel is continuously absorbed by the refrigerant flow in the auxiliary channel channel with the flow, the surface temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 is The refrigerant flow direction along the main road channel gradually decreases, and at this time, the first end 61a is located upstream of the second end 61b along the refrigerant flow direction of the main road channel. When the heat exchange channel adjacent to the surface of the heat exchange main body 61 is an auxiliary road channel, the surface temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 gradually decreases and increases along the refrigerant flow direction of the auxiliary road channel. At this time, the first end 61a is located along the refrigerant flow direction of the auxiliary road channel. Downstream of the second end 61b.
因此,通过根据换热主体61上温度的变化,将换热主体61划分为温度较高的第一端61a和温度较低的第二端61b,由于温度较高的第一端61a与热空气之间的温差较小,不会产生冷凝水或者产生的冷凝水的量较少,通过将电子元件71设置在靠近第一端61a的位置处,可以降低电子元件71与冷凝水接触的几率,进而保护电子元件71。Therefore, by dividing the heat exchange body 61 into a first end 61a with a higher temperature and a second end 61b with a lower temperature according to the temperature change on the heat exchange body 61, because the first end 61a with a higher temperature and the hot air The temperature difference between them is small, and no condensed water is generated or the amount of condensed water produced is small. By arranging the electronic component 71 at a position close to the first end 61a, the probability that the electronic component 71 is in contact with the condensed water can be reduced, Further, the electronic components 71 are protected.
值得注意的是,由于空调一般存在制冷模式和制热模式,而在这两种模式下可能存在冷媒流动方向相反的情况。此时,换热主体61的温度在第一端61a到第二端61b存在相反的变化趋势,即在一种模式下,换热主体61的温度在第一端61a到第二端61b逐渐降低,而在另外一种模式下换热主体61的温度在第一端61a到第二端61b逐渐升高。在本实施例中,优先确保在制冷模式下,换热主体61的温度在第一端61a到第二端61b逐渐降低,理由如下:It is worth noting that since air conditioners generally have cooling mode and heating mode, there may be situations in which the refrigerant flows in opposite directions in these two modes. At this time, the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 has an opposite trend of change from the first end 61a to the second end 61b, that is, in one mode, the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 gradually decreases from the first end 61a to the second end 61b , and in another mode, the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 gradually increases from the first end 61a to the second end 61b. In this embodiment, it is preferentially ensured that in the cooling mode, the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 gradually decreases from the first end 61a to the second end 61b for the following reasons:
当环境温度较低时,例如,当空调装置在冬天工作进行制热时,电控盒7内的空气的温度较低,此时,电控盒7内的空气与散热器6之间的温差较小,空气不容易冷凝形成冷凝水。而当环境温度较高,例如,当空调装置在夏天工作进行制冷时,电控盒7内的空气的温度较高,电控盒7内的空气与散热器6之间的温差较大,空气容易冷凝形成冷凝水。故而,在本实施例中,可以设置至少在空调装置的制冷模式下,换热主体61的温度在从第一端61a到第二端61b的方向上逐渐降低,以避免散热器6在制冷模式下产生冷凝水。When the ambient temperature is low, for example, when the air conditioner works for heating in winter, the temperature of the air in the electrical control box 7 is low, and at this time, the temperature difference between the air in the electrical control box 7 and the radiator 6 Smaller, the air does not easily condense to form condensed water. When the ambient temperature is high, for example, when the air conditioner works for cooling in summer, the temperature of the air in the electric control box 7 is relatively high, the temperature difference between the air in the electric control box 7 and the radiator 6 is relatively large, and the air Easily condensed to form condensed water. Therefore, in this embodiment, at least in the cooling mode of the air conditioner, the temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 may be gradually decreased in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b, so as to prevent the radiator 6 from being in the cooling mode. Condensed water is produced.
进一步地,将电子元件71设置在靠近第一端61a的位置处指的是,电子元件71在换热主体61上的导热连接位置与第一端61a之间具有第一距离,与第二端61b之间具有第二距离,第一距离小于第二距离。Further, arranging the electronic component 71 at a position close to the first end 61a means that the electronic component 71 has a first distance between the thermally conductive connection position of the electronic component 71 on the heat exchange body 61 and the first end 61a, and is a distance from the second end 61a. There is a second distance between 61b, and the first distance is smaller than the second distance.
具体来说,由于换热主体61的温度在从第一端61a到第二端61b的方向上逐渐降低,故而,第一端61a的温度最高,第二端61b的温度最低,换热主体61的温度越高,与电控盒7内的空气之间的温差越小,冷凝水越不容易凝聚。换热主体61的温度越低,与热空气之间的温差越大,冷凝水越容易凝聚。即,在从换热主体61的第一端61a到第二端61b的方向上,产生冷凝水的几率逐渐增大。故而,通过将电子元件71设置的靠近换热主体61温度较高的一端,即设置在冷凝水不易积聚的位置处,可以降低电子元件71与冷凝水接触的风险,进而保护电子元件71。Specifically, since the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 gradually decreases in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b, the temperature of the first end 61a is the highest, the temperature of the second end 61b is the lowest, and the heat exchange body 61 The higher the temperature is, the smaller the temperature difference between it and the air in the electric control box 7 is, and the more difficult it is for the condensed water to condense. The lower the temperature of the heat exchange main body 61, the greater the temperature difference with the hot air, and the easier it is for the condensed water to condense. That is, in the direction from the first end 61 a to the second end 61 b of the heat exchange body 61 , the probability of generating condensed water gradually increases. Therefore, by arranging the electronic component 71 near the higher temperature end of the heat exchange body 61 , that is, at a position where condensed water is not easy to accumulate, the risk of contacting the electronic component 71 with the condensed water can be reduced, thereby protecting the electronic component 71 .
进一步,如图23所示,可以将换热主体61的延伸方向沿竖直方向设置,并将第一端61a设置在第二端61b的上部,如此,当换热主体61靠近第二端61b的位置处产生冷凝水时,冷凝水会沿竖直方向下流,即冷凝水会向背离电子元件71的方向流动,避免电子元件71与冷凝水接触。Further, as shown in FIG. 23 , the extending direction of the heat exchange body 61 can be set along the vertical direction, and the first end 61a can be set on the upper part of the second end 61b. In this way, when the heat exchange body 61 is close to the second end 61b When condensed water is generated at the position of , the condensed water will flow down in the vertical direction, that is, the condensed water will flow in a direction away from the electronic component 71 to prevent the electronic component 71 from contacting the condensed water.
或者,还可以根据需要将换热主体61的延伸方向沿水平方向设置,以便于靠近第二端61b位置处产生的冷凝水在重力的作用下迅速与换热主体61分离,避免与电子元件71接触。或者,在其它实施例中,还可以将换热主体61的延伸方向相对水平方向倾斜设置,本申请实施例不做具体限定。Alternatively, the extension direction of the heat exchange main body 61 can also be set in the horizontal direction as required, so that the condensed water generated near the second end 61b can be quickly separated from the heat exchange main body 61 under the action of gravity, so as to avoid contact with the electronic components 71 touch. Alternatively, in other embodiments, the extending direction of the heat exchange main body 61 may also be inclined relative to the horizontal direction, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可以理解地,本实施例中的散热器6的结构可以设置得与上述实施例中的相同,即采用折弯的换热主体61。或者,本实施例中的散热器6的结构也可以采用直条形的换热主体61。或者,除了可以采用上述的设有微通道的散热器6外,还可以采用其他种类的散热器,本申请实施例不对散热器6的具体结构进行限定。此外,在本申请的其他将散热器应用于电控盒的实施例可以采用本申请所公开的各种散热器,或者本领域公知的其他散热器。It can be understood that the structure of the heat sink 6 in this embodiment can be set to be the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, that is, a bent heat exchange body 61 is used. Alternatively, the structure of the heat sink 6 in this embodiment may also adopt a straight heat exchange body 61 . Alternatively, in addition to the above-mentioned heat sink 6 provided with microchannels, other types of heat sinks may also be used, and the specific structure of the heat sink 6 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In addition, in other embodiments of the present application in which the heat sink is applied to the electrical control box, various heat sinks disclosed in the present application or other heat sinks known in the art may be used.
7.1.换热主体内的冷媒流的流向固定7.1. The flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange body is fixed
如上文所描述的,由于空调系统处于制冷模式和制热模式时,用于制热或者制冷的冷媒流的流向相反,使得换热主体61沿其延伸方向的温度随着空调装置工作状态的改变而变化,无法保证第一端61a的温度始终高于第二端61b的温度。例如,在图1所示的空调系统1中,第一换热通道610(主路)的冷媒在制冷和制热模式下就存在流向相反的情况。As described above, when the air conditioning system is in the cooling mode and the heating mode, the flow directions of the refrigerants used for heating or cooling are opposite, so that the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 along its extending direction changes with the working state of the air conditioner. However, it cannot be guaranteed that the temperature of the first end 61a is always higher than the temperature of the second end 61b. For example, in the air conditioning system 1 shown in FIG. 1 , the refrigerant in the first heat exchange channel 610 (main circuit) may flow in opposite directions in the cooling and heating modes.
因此,如图23所示,电控盒进一步包括第一单向导通装置701、第二单向导通装置702、第三单向导通装置703以及第四单向导通装置704。其中,第一单向导通装置701的入口连接室内机(例如图1中的室内换热器5)的一端,第一单向导通装置701的出口连接靠近第一端61a的集流管组件62;第二单向导通装置702的入口连接靠近第二端61b的集流管组件62,第二单向导通装置702的出口连接室内机的一端; 第三单向导通装置703的入口连接节流阀(例如图1中的膨胀阀13)的一端,第三单向导通装置703的出口连接靠近第一端61a的集流管组件62;第四单向导通装置704的入口连接靠近第二端61b的集流管组件62,第四导向导通装置的出口连接节流阀的一端。Therefore, as shown in FIG. 23 , the electrical control box further includes a first one-way conduction device 701 , a second one-way conduction device 702 , a third one-way conduction device 703 and a fourth one-way conduction device 704 . The inlet of the first one-way conduction device 701 is connected to one end of the indoor unit (for example, the indoor heat exchanger 5 in FIG. 1 ), and the outlet of the first one-way conduction device 701 is connected to the header assembly 62 near the first end 61a The inlet of the second one-way conduction device 702 is connected to the header assembly 62 close to the second end 61b, and the outlet of the second one-way conduction device 702 is connected to one end of the indoor unit; the inlet of the third one-way conduction device 703 is connected to the throttle At one end of the valve (such as the expansion valve 13 in FIG. 1 ), the outlet of the third one-way conducting device 703 is connected to the header assembly 62 near the first end 61a; the inlet of the fourth one-way conducting device 704 is connected to the second end In the header assembly 62 of 61b, the outlet of the fourth guiding and conducting device is connected to one end of the throttle valve.
空调系统1处于制冷模式,压缩机2输出的冷媒流流动至室外换热器4进行换热,冷媒流继续流动至节流阀(膨胀阀13),而后经第三单向导通装置703进入靠近第一端61a的集流管组件62,并经换热主体61流动至第二端61b,由此,冷媒流在从第一端61a到第二端61b的方向上,与辅路进行换热(即,过冷),使得换热主体61的温度在从第一端61a到第二端61b的方向上不断降低。从第二端61b中流出的冷媒流经第二单向导通装置702后排出至室内换热器5进行换热。The air-conditioning system 1 is in the cooling mode, the refrigerant flow output by the compressor 2 flows to the outdoor heat exchanger 4 for heat exchange, the refrigerant flow continues to flow to the throttle valve (expansion valve 13), and then passes through the third one-way guide device 703. The header assembly 62 at the first end 61a flows through the heat exchange main body 61 to the second end 61b, whereby the refrigerant flow in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b exchanges heat with the auxiliary circuit ( That is, supercooling), so that the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 continuously decreases in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b. The refrigerant flowing out from the second end 61b flows through the second one-way conduction device 702 and then is discharged to the indoor heat exchanger 5 for heat exchange.
空调系统1处于制热模式,压缩机2输出的冷媒流流动至室内换热器5进行换热,冷媒流继续流动至电控盒7,并经第一单向导通装置701进入靠近第一端61a的集流管组件62,并经换热主体61流动至第二端61b,由此,冷媒流在从第一端61a到第二端61b的方向上,与辅路进行换热(即,过冷),使得换热主体61的温度在从第一端61a到第二端61b的方向上不断降低。从第二端61b中流出的冷媒流经第四单向阀704后排出至节流阀,并进入室外换热器4进行换热。The air-conditioning system 1 is in the heating mode, the refrigerant flow output by the compressor 2 flows to the indoor heat exchanger 5 for heat exchange, the refrigerant flow continues to flow to the electronic control box 7, and enters through the first one-way conduction device 701 near the first end. 61a of the header assembly 62, and flows to the second end 61b through the heat exchange main body 61, whereby the refrigerant flow in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b exchanges heat with the auxiliary circuit (ie, passes through cold), so that the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 decreases continuously in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b. The refrigerant flowing out from the second end 61b flows through the fourth one-way valve 704 and then is discharged to the throttle valve, and enters the outdoor heat exchanger 4 for heat exchange.
综上,本申请通过在第一端61a和第二端61b之间设置四个单向导通装置,可以使得换热主体61内的冷媒流的流向固定,进而保证电子元件71始终位于换热主体61温度较高的一侧,避免与产生的冷凝水接触。To sum up, in the present application, by disposing four one-way conducting devices between the first end 61a and the second end 61b, the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange body 61 can be fixed, thereby ensuring that the electronic components 71 are always located in the heat exchange body 61 The side with the higher temperature, avoid contact with the condensed water produced.
可选地,第一单向导通装置701、第二单向导通装置702、第三单向导通装置703以及第四单向导通装置704均可以设置为单向阀,在其它实施例中,第一单向导通装置701、第二单向导通装置702、第三单向导通装置703以及第四单向导通装置704还可以设置为电磁阀,本申请实施例对单向导通装置的种类不做具体限定。Optionally, the first one-way conduction device 701, the second one-way conduction device 702, the third one-way conduction device 703 and the fourth one-way conduction device 704 can all be set as one-way valves. The first one-way conduction device 701, the second one-way conduction device 702, the third one-way conduction device 703 and the fourth one-way conduction device 704 can also be configured as solenoid valves, and the type of the one-way conduction device is not specified in this embodiment of the present application. Specific restrictions.
8.安装板防止冷凝水外露8. Mounting plate to prevent condensate from being exposed
请参阅图24,本实施例中的电控盒7包括盒体72、安装板76、电子元件71和散热器6。Referring to FIG. 24 , the electric control box 7 in this embodiment includes a box body 72 , a mounting plate 76 , an electronic component 71 and a heat sink 6 .
其中,盒体72设有安装腔721,安装板76设于安装腔721内,以使得安装腔721形成位于安装板76两侧的第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214,电子元件71设于第二腔室7214内,换热主体61的至少部分设于第一腔室7212内,且与电子元件71导热连接,安装板76用于隔挡散热器6上的冷凝水流入第二腔室7214。The box body 72 is provided with an installation cavity 721, and the installation plate 76 is disposed in the installation cavity 721, so that the installation cavity 721 forms a first cavity 7212 and a second cavity 7214 on both sides of the installation board 76, and the electronic components 71 are provided with In the second chamber 7214, at least part of the heat exchange body 61 is disposed in the first chamber 7212, and is thermally connected with the electronic components 71. The mounting plate 76 is used to block the condensed water on the radiator 6 from flowing into the second chamber. Room 7214.
通过在电控盒7内设置将安装腔721间隔开的安装板76,并分别将换热主体61和电子元件71分别设于彼此独立的第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214内,可以将电子元件71与冷凝水完全隔绝,进而避免电子元件71接触冷凝水而发生短路或者损坏。By disposing the mounting plate 76 in the electrical control box 7 to separate the mounting cavity 721, and disposing the heat exchange main body 61 and the electronic component 71 in the independent first cavity 7212 and the second cavity 7214, respectively, it is possible to The electronic components 71 are completely isolated from the condensed water, so as to prevent the electronic components 71 from being short-circuited or damaged by contacting the condensed water.
进一步地,可以采用散热固定板74将电子元件71与换热主体61间接连接。Further, the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 may be used to indirectly connect the electronic components 71 and the heat exchange main body 61 .
具体来说,可以在安装板76与散热固定板74对应的位置处开设避让孔762,散热固定板74连接于换热主体61并封堵避让孔762,电子元件71设于散热固定板74背离换热主体61的一侧。如此,可以利用散热固定板74将电子元件71和换热主体61导热连接,并可以利用散热固定板74将第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214间隔开,以避免冷凝水经避让孔762流动至设有电子元件71的第二腔室7214内,进而可以防止冷凝水与电子元件71接触。Specifically, avoidance holes 762 may be provided at positions corresponding to the mounting plate 76 and the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 , the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 is connected to the heat exchange main body 61 and blocks the escape holes 762 , and the electronic components 71 are provided on the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 away from One side of the heat exchange body 61 . In this way, the electronic component 71 and the heat exchange main body 61 can be thermally connected by the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 , and the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214 can be separated by the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 to prevent condensed water from passing through the avoidance hole 762 It flows into the second chamber 7214 provided with the electronic components 71 , thereby preventing the condensed water from contacting the electronic components 71 .
进一步地,如果换热主体61上产生了较多的冷凝水,冷凝水积聚后会在重力的作用下下落,滴落的冷凝水不但容易产生较大的噪音,而且较为分散的冷凝水也不利于排出电控盒7。Further, if a lot of condensed water is produced on the heat exchange main body 61, the condensed water will fall under the action of gravity after accumulating, and the dripping condensed water is not only prone to generate larger noise, but also the more dispersed condensed water is not Facilitate the discharge of the electric control box 7 .
因此,如图24所示,可以在电控盒7内设置导流板77,导流板77设置于散热器6的下侧,用于收集自散热器6滴落的冷凝水。导流板77的设置,不仅可以缩小冷凝水滴落的高度,进而降低噪音,而且导流板77也对冷凝水具有一定的积聚作用,便于将冷凝水汇流后一起排出电控盒7。Therefore, as shown in FIG. 24 , a baffle 77 can be provided in the electric control box 7 , and the baffle 77 is arranged on the lower side of the radiator 6 for collecting the condensed water dripping from the radiator 6 . The arrangement of the deflector plate 77 can not only reduce the drop height of the condensed water, thereby reducing noise, and the deflector plate 77 also has a certain accumulation effect on the condensed water, which is convenient for the condensed water to be collected and discharged from the electric control box 7 together.
如图24所示,散热器6固定于电控盒7的底板723上,导流板77的一端连接于底板723,导流板77的另一端向第一腔室7212内部延伸,且散热器6沿竖直方向的投影落在导流板77的内部。如此,可以保证自散热器6上滴落的冷凝水均位于导流板77上,避免冷凝水滴落至电控盒7的其他位置处。As shown in FIG. 24, the radiator 6 is fixed on the bottom plate 723 of the electric control box 7, one end of the deflector 77 is connected to the bottom plate 723, the other end of the deflector 77 extends into the first chamber 7212, and the radiator The projection of 6 in the vertical direction falls on the inside of the deflector 77 . In this way, it can be ensured that the condensed water dripping from the radiator 6 is all located on the deflector 77 to prevent the condensed water from dripping to other positions of the electric control box 7 .
可以理解地,散热器6还可以设置于安装板76上,此时,导流板77的一端连接于安装板76,导流板77的另一端向第一腔室7212内部延伸,且散热器6沿竖直方向的投影落在导流板77的内部。It can be understood that the radiator 6 can also be arranged on the mounting plate 76. At this time, one end of the deflector 77 is connected to the mounting plate 76, and the other end of the deflector 77 extends toward the inside of the first chamber 7212, and the radiator The projection of 6 in the vertical direction falls on the inside of the deflector 77 .
进一步地,如图25所示,为了便于导流板77上的冷凝水及时排出电控盒7,还可以在盒体72的底壁上开设排水口725,并将导流板77相对盒体72的底壁倾斜设置,冷凝水经导流板77导流后经排水口725排出盒体72。Further, as shown in FIG. 25 , in order to facilitate the condensed water on the deflector 77 to be discharged from the electric control box 7 in time, a drainage port 725 can also be opened on the bottom wall of the box body 72, and the deflector 77 is opposite to the box body. The bottom wall of 72 is inclined, and the condensed water is guided by the deflector plate 77 and then discharged from the box body 72 through the drain port 725 .
具体来说,可以在电控盒7的周向侧板724上开设排水口725,导流板77连接于安装板76或者盒体72的底板723,并向排水口725的方向倾斜设置,冷凝水滴落在导流板77上以后,会沿倾斜的导流板77汇聚至排水口725的位置处,进而自排水口725排出电控盒7。Specifically, a drain port 725 can be provided on the circumferential side plate 724 of the electric control box 7, and the deflector plate 77 is connected to the mounting plate 76 or the bottom plate 723 of the box body 72, and is inclined to the direction of the drain port 725 to prevent condensation. After the water droplets land on the deflector 77 , they will converge along the inclined deflector 77 to the position of the drain port 725 , and then discharge the electric control box 7 from the drain port 725 .
其中,排水口725的数量和大小可以根据冷凝水的多少灵活设置,本申请实施例不做具体限定。The number and size of the drain ports 725 can be flexibly set according to the amount of condensed water, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本实施例中,可以将换热主体61中的冷媒流的流向沿水平方向设置,即换热主体61的延伸方向沿水平方向设置,一方面可以缩短冷凝水在换热主体61上的流动路径,使得冷凝水在重力的作用下尽快滴 落至导流板77上,以便于冷凝水及时排出电控盒7,避免与设于安装腔721内的电子元件71接触;另一方面也可以避免导流板77与换热主体61产生干涉,从而可以设置相对较长的换热主体61,提升散热器6的换热效率。In this embodiment, the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 can be arranged in the horizontal direction, that is, the extension direction of the heat exchange main body 61 can be arranged in the horizontal direction, on the one hand, the flow of the condensed water on the heat exchange main body 61 can be shortened. path, so that the condensed water drips onto the deflector plate 77 as soon as possible under the action of gravity, so that the condensed water can be discharged from the electric control box 7 in time and avoid contact with the electronic components 71 arranged in the installation cavity 721; on the other hand, it can also be The interference between the deflector 77 and the heat exchange main body 61 is avoided, so that a relatively long heat exchange main body 61 can be provided to improve the heat exchange efficiency of the radiator 6 .
9.散热板设置在散热器的温度较高的位置,并利用冷凝水蒸发吸热9. The heat dissipation plate is set at a position where the temperature of the radiator is higher, and uses the condensed water to evaporate and absorb heat
请参阅图26,本实施例中的电控盒7包括盒体72、安装板76和散热器6。Referring to FIG. 26 , the electric control box 7 in this embodiment includes a box body 72 , a mounting plate 76 and a heat sink 6 .
其中,盒体72设有安装腔721,安装板76设于安装腔721内,以使得安装腔721形成位于安装板76两侧的第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214,安装板76上间隔开设有第一通风口764和第二通风口766,以使得第一腔室7212内的气体经第一通风口764流入第二腔室7214,第二腔室7214内的气体经第二通风口766流入第一腔室7212。换热主体61的至少部分设置于第一腔室7212内,且换热主体61中的冷媒流的流向沿第一通风口764和第二通风口766的间隔方向设置,换热主体61的温度在从第二通风口766到第一通风口764的方向上逐渐升高,即换热主体61在靠近第一通风口764的位置处的温度高于靠近第二通风口766的位置处的温度。如上文所描述的,此处所提到的冷媒流可以是图1所示的空调系统中主路冷媒流,也可以是辅路冷媒流。The box body 72 is provided with an installation cavity 721 , and the installation plate 76 is disposed in the installation cavity 721 , so that the installation cavity 721 forms a first cavity 7212 and a second cavity 7214 on both sides of the installation plate 76 . The first ventilation port 764 and the second ventilation port 766 are spaced apart, so that the gas in the first chamber 7212 flows into the second chamber 7214 through the first ventilation port 764, and the gas in the second chamber 7214 passes through the second ventilation Port 766 flows into first chamber 7212. At least part of the heat exchange main body 61 is disposed in the first chamber 7212 , and the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 is disposed along the spaced direction between the first ventilation port 764 and the second ventilation port 766 , and the temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 is Gradually increase in the direction from the second vent 766 to the first vent 764 , that is, the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 at a position close to the first vent 764 is higher than that at a position close to the second vent 766 . As described above, the refrigerant flow mentioned here may be the main refrigerant flow in the air conditioning system shown in FIG. 1 , or the auxiliary refrigerant flow.
在本实施例中,换热主体61可以沿水平方向、竖直方向或其他方向设置,在此不做限定。同时,第一通风口764和第二通风口766的数量、位置以及延伸方向也不做限定。In this embodiment, the heat exchange main body 61 may be arranged in a horizontal direction, a vertical direction or other directions, which are not limited herein. Meanwhile, the number, position and extension direction of the first ventilation openings 764 and the second ventilation openings 766 are also not limited.
由于换热主体61靠近第二通风口766一侧的温度较低,使得靠近第二通风口766的位置处产生的冷凝水的量较多,本实施例通过在电控盒7的内部设置安装板76,并在安装板76上沿冷媒流的流向开设间隔的第一通风口764和第二通风口766,当第二腔室7214内温度较高的空气经第二通风口766进入第一腔室7212时,会与冷凝水接触进而使得冷凝水蒸发,如此,一方面可以避免冷凝水积聚而需要增设排水结构,另一方面也可以利用冷凝水蒸发吸热而降低散热器6的温度,降低散热器6内的冷媒流的温度,提升散热器6的换热性能。Since the temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 near the second vent 766 is relatively low, the amount of condensed water generated near the second vent 766 is relatively large. plate 76, and a first vent 764 and a second vent 766 are spaced along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow on the mounting plate 76. When the air with a higher temperature in the second chamber 7214 enters the first vent through the second vent 766 When the chamber 7212 is in contact with the condensed water to evaporate the condensed water, on the one hand, it can avoid the accumulation of the condensed water and need to add a drainage structure; The temperature of the refrigerant flow in the radiator 6 is lowered, and the heat exchange performance of the radiator 6 is improved.
此处需要注意的是,换热主体61中的冷媒流的流向沿第一通风口764和第二通风口766的间隔方向设置包括冷媒流的流向与该间隔方向平行,可包括冷媒流的流向与该间隔方向之间存在一定的倾斜角度。It should be noted here that the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 is set along the interval direction of the first ventilation port 764 and the second ventilation port 766, including the flow direction of the refrigerant flow being parallel to the interval direction, and may include the flow direction of the refrigerant flow. There is a certain inclination angle with the spacing direction.
如上文所描述的,由于空调一般存在制冷模式和制热模式,而在这两种模式下可能存在冷媒流动方向相反的情况。因此,优先确保在制冷模式下,换热主体61的温度在从第二通风口766到第一通风口764的方向上逐渐升高,理由如下:As described above, since an air conditioner generally has a cooling mode and a heating mode, there may be situations in which the refrigerant flows in opposite directions in these two modes. Therefore, it is prioritized to ensure that in the cooling mode, the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 gradually increases in the direction from the second vent 766 to the first vent 764 for the following reasons:
当环境温度较低时,例如,当空调装置在冬天工作进行制热时,电控盒7内的空气的温度较低,电控盒7内的空气与散热器6之间的温差较小,空气不容易冷凝形成冷凝水。而当外界环境温度较高,例如,当空调装置在夏天工作进行制冷时,电控盒7内的空气的温度较高,电控盒7内的空气与散热器6之间的温差较大,空气容易冷凝形成冷凝水。故而,在本实施例中,可以设置至少在空调装置的制冷模式下,换热主体61的温度在从第二通风口766到第一通风口764的方向上逐渐升高,以避免散热器6在制冷模式下产生冷凝水。When the ambient temperature is low, for example, when the air conditioner works for heating in winter, the temperature of the air in the electrical control box 7 is low, and the temperature difference between the air in the electrical control box 7 and the radiator 6 is small, Air does not easily condense to form condensed water. When the ambient temperature is high, for example, when the air conditioner works in summer for cooling, the temperature of the air in the electric control box 7 is relatively high, and the temperature difference between the air in the electric control box 7 and the radiator 6 is relatively large, Air condenses easily to form condensed water. Therefore, in this embodiment, at least in the cooling mode of the air conditioner, the temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 may be gradually increased in the direction from the second vent 766 to the first vent 764 to avoid the radiator 6 Condensate water is produced in cooling mode.
进一步地,电控盒7还可以包括电子元件71,电子元件71与散热器6导热连接,以利用散热器6对电子元件71进行散热。Further, the electrical control box 7 may further include electronic components 71 , and the electronic components 71 are thermally connected to the radiator 6 , so that the electronic components 71 are dissipated by the radiator 6 .
可选地,电子元件71可以设置于第一腔室7212内。为了降低电子元件71与冷凝水接触的可能性,可以将电子元件71设置在换热主体61靠近第一通风口764的位置处,并与换热主体61导热连接。Optionally, the electronic components 71 may be disposed in the first chamber 7212 . In order to reduce the possibility of the electronic component 71 coming into contact with the condensed water, the electronic component 71 may be disposed at a position of the heat exchange main body 61 close to the first vent 764 and thermally connected with the heat exchange main body 61 .
具体来说,气流在由第二通风口766流动至第一通风口764的过程中,经过不断与散热器6进行换热,使得气流的温度逐渐降低,并且由于靠近第一通风口764位置处的换热主体61的温度较高,故而,可以缩小气流和散热器6之间的温差,降低气流在换热主体61靠近第一通风口764的位置处冷凝的几率,通过将电子元件71设置在换热主体61靠近第一通风口764的位置处,可以避免电子元件71与冷凝水接触,进而保护设于换热主体61上的电子元件71。Specifically, in the process of flowing from the second vent 766 to the first vent 764 , the airflow continuously exchanges heat with the radiator 6 , so that the temperature of the airflow gradually decreases, and due to the proximity to the first vent 764 The temperature of the heat exchange main body 61 is relatively high, so the temperature difference between the air flow and the radiator 6 can be reduced, and the probability of the air flow condensing at the position of the heat exchange main body 61 close to the first ventilation port 764 can be reduced. Where the heat exchange body 61 is close to the first vent 764 , the electronic components 71 can be prevented from contacting with condensed water, thereby protecting the electronic components 71 provided on the heat exchange body 61 .
可选地,第一通风口764和第二通风口766可以沿水平方向间隔设置,此时,换热主体61的延伸方向也沿水平方向设置。当靠近第二通风口766位置处产生的冷凝水的量较多来不及蒸发时,冷凝水会沿竖直方向下流,由于换热主体61在竖直方向上的长度较小,冷凝水流动一定距离后即会脱离换热主体61,造成冷凝水下滴。Optionally, the first ventilation openings 764 and the second ventilation openings 766 may be arranged at intervals along the horizontal direction, and at this time, the extending direction of the heat exchange body 61 is also arranged along the horizontal direction. When the amount of condensed water generated near the second vent 766 is too large to evaporate, the condensed water will flow down in the vertical direction. Since the length of the heat exchange body 61 in the vertical direction is small, the condensed water flows for a certain distance. After that, it will be separated from the heat exchange main body 61, resulting in droplets of condensed water.
因此,为了避免冷凝水下滴,可以将第一通风口764和第二通风口766沿竖直方向间隔设置,且第一通风口764位于第二通风口766的上部,并将换热主体61的延伸方向也沿竖直方向设置。此时,当靠近第二通风口766位置处产生的冷凝水的量较多来不及蒸发时,冷凝水会沿竖直方向下流,由于换热主体61沿竖直方向的长度较长,会延长冷凝水的流动路径,增大热空气与冷凝水的接触面积,进而提升冷凝水的蒸发量,避免冷凝水下滴。并且通过将第一通风口764设置在第二通风口766的上部,将电子元件71设置在靠近第一通风口764的位置处,可以使得冷凝水向背离电子元件71的方向流动,避免电子元件71与冷凝水接触。Therefore, in order to avoid condensation water droplets, the first vent 764 and the second vent 766 can be spaced apart in the vertical direction, and the first vent 764 is located on the upper part of the second vent 766, and the heat exchange body 61 The extension direction of is also set along the vertical direction. At this time, when the amount of condensed water generated near the second vent 766 is too large to evaporate, the condensed water will flow down in the vertical direction. Since the length of the heat exchange body 61 in the vertical direction is long, the condensation will be prolonged. The flow path of the water increases the contact area between the hot air and the condensed water, thereby increasing the evaporation of the condensed water and preventing the condensed water from dripping. And by arranging the first vent 764 on the upper part of the second vent 766 and arranging the electronic component 71 at a position close to the first vent 764, the condensed water can flow in the direction away from the electronic component 71 to avoid the electronic component. 71 is in contact with condensed water.
或者,电子元件71还可以设置于第二腔室7214内,并利用散热固定板74与散热器6导热连接。其 中,电子元件71与散热固定板74的连接方式可以与上述实施例中的相同,请参照上述实施例中的描述。Alternatively, the electronic components 71 may also be disposed in the second chamber 7214 and thermally connected to the heat sink 6 by using the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 . Wherein, the connection manner of the electronic component 71 and the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 can be the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment.
进一步地,为了加快第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214内的空气的流动速度,可以在电控盒7内设置散热风扇78,以利用散热风扇78强化第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214的对流效果。Further, in order to speed up the flow speed of the air in the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214, a cooling fan 78 can be provided in the electric control box 7, so as to use the cooling fan 78 to strengthen the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber Convective effects of chamber 7214.
如图26所示,可以将散热风扇78设于第二腔室7214内,散热风扇78在第二腔室7214内提供从第二通风口766流向第一腔室7212的强制对流。As shown in FIG. 26 , a cooling fan 78 may be provided in the second chamber 7214 , and the cooling fan 78 provides forced convection in the second chamber 7214 from the second vent 766 to the first chamber 7212 .
具体来说,由于电子元件71设于第二腔室7214内,电子元件71工作产生的热量会使得第二腔室7214内的温度高于第一腔室7212内的温度,通过在第二腔室7214内设置散热风扇78,可以加速高温空气自第二通风口766流向第一腔室7212,以便于提升冷凝水的蒸发速度。Specifically, since the electronic components 71 are arranged in the second chamber 7214, the heat generated by the operation of the electronic components 71 will cause the temperature in the second chamber 7214 to be higher than that in the first chamber 7212. A cooling fan 78 is arranged in the chamber 7214, which can accelerate the flow of high-temperature air from the second vent 766 to the first chamber 7212, so as to increase the evaporation speed of the condensed water.
进一步地,可以将散热风扇78设置于靠近第一通风口764的位置处,以增大散热风扇78与第二通风口766之间的距离,提升散热风扇78的辐射范围,以使得散热风扇78能够吹动更多的空气进入第二通风口766。Further, the cooling fan 78 can be arranged at a position close to the first vent 764 to increase the distance between the cooling fan 78 and the second vent 766 and increase the radiation range of the cooling fan 78, so that the cooling fan 78 More air can be blown into the second vent 766 .
进一步地,还可以在电控盒7内设置温度传感器(图中未示出),温度传感器用于检测第二腔室7214内的温度,以在温度传感器检测到第二腔室7214内的温度超过温度阈值时,控制散热风扇78开始工作或提高转速。Further, a temperature sensor (not shown in the figure) can also be provided in the electric control box 7, and the temperature sensor is used to detect the temperature in the second chamber 7214, so that the temperature sensor detects the temperature in the second chamber 7214 When the temperature threshold is exceeded, the cooling fan 78 is controlled to start working or increase the rotational speed.
具体来说,可以在电控盒7的第二腔室7214内设置温度传感器,以用于检测第二腔室7214内的温度。当电子元件71工作产生的热量较多使得第二腔室7214内的温度升高至超过温度阈值时,触发温度传感器,温度传感器将高温触发信号传输至主板,主板开启散热风扇78,以利用散热风扇78加速第二腔室7214内的空气的流动,加快空气在第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214之间的循环速度,加快冷凝水的蒸发速度。当第二腔室7214内的温度降低并低于温度阈值时,触发温度传感器,温度传感器将低温触发信号传输至主板,主板进一步关闭散热风扇78,以节省能源。Specifically, a temperature sensor may be provided in the second chamber 7214 of the electric control box 7 for detecting the temperature in the second chamber 7214 . When the heat generated by the operation of the electronic components 71 is large and the temperature in the second chamber 7214 rises to exceed the temperature threshold, the temperature sensor is triggered, the temperature sensor transmits the high temperature trigger signal to the motherboard, and the motherboard turns on the cooling fan 78 to utilize heat dissipation The fan 78 accelerates the flow of the air in the second chamber 7214, accelerates the circulation speed of the air between the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214, and accelerates the evaporation speed of the condensed water. When the temperature in the second chamber 7214 decreases and is lower than the temperature threshold, the temperature sensor is triggered, and the temperature sensor transmits a low temperature trigger signal to the motherboard, and the motherboard further turns off the cooling fan 78 to save energy.
其中,温度阈值的大小可以根据需要进行设置,本申请实施例不做具体限定。The size of the temperature threshold may be set as required, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
10.散热器上游设置散热板,下游设置散热翅片10. A heat dissipation plate is set upstream of the radiator, and a heat dissipation fin is set downstream
请参阅图27,在本实施例中,电控盒7包括盒体72、散热器6、电子元件71和散热翅片75。Referring to FIG. 27 , in this embodiment, the electric control box 7 includes a box body 72 , a heat sink 6 , an electronic component 71 and a heat dissipation fin 75 .
其中,盒体72设有安装腔721,换热主体61的至少部分设于安装腔721内;电子元件71于第一位置处与换热主体61导热连接,散热翅片75于第二位置处与换热主体61导热连接,其中第一位置和第二位置沿换热主体61的冷媒流的流向彼此间隔设置。如上文所描述的,此处所提到的冷媒流可以是图1所示的空调系统中主路冷媒流,也可以是辅路冷媒流。The box body 72 is provided with an installation cavity 721, and at least part of the heat exchange main body 61 is disposed in the installation cavity 721; the electronic components 71 are thermally connected to the heat exchange main body 61 at the first position, and the heat dissipation fins 75 are at the second position. It is thermally connected to the heat exchange body 61 , wherein the first position and the second position are spaced apart from each other along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow of the heat exchange body 61 . As described above, the refrigerant flow mentioned here may be the main refrigerant flow in the air conditioning system shown in FIG. 1 , or the auxiliary refrigerant flow.
本实施例通过将电子元件71和散热翅片75沿换热主体61的冷媒流的流向彼此间隔设置,可以充分利用换热主体61上的空间,不仅可以利用换热主体61对电子元件71进行散热,而且也可以利用散热翅片75降低电控盒7的安装腔721内的温度,进而保护设置于安装腔721内的电子元件71。In this embodiment, by arranging the electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation fins 75 at intervals along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow of the heat exchange body 61 , the space on the heat exchange body 61 can be fully utilized, and not only the heat exchange body 61 can be used for the electronic components 71 . The heat dissipation fins 75 can also be used to reduce the temperature in the installation cavity 721 of the electric control box 7 , thereby protecting the electronic components 71 disposed in the installation cavity 721 .
进一步地,换热主体61包括沿冷媒流的流向彼此间隔设置的第一端61a和第二端61b,其中换热主体61的温度在从第一端61a到第二端61b的方向上逐渐降低,即第一端61a的温度大于第二端61b的温度。第一位置相较于第二位置靠近第一端61a设置。Further, the heat exchange body 61 includes a first end 61a and a second end 61b spaced apart from each other along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow, wherein the temperature of the heat exchange body 61 gradually decreases in the direction from the first end 61a to the second end 61b , that is, the temperature of the first end 61a is greater than the temperature of the second end 61b. The first position is disposed closer to the first end 61a than the second position.
具体来说,由于换热主体61工作的过程中,换热主体61表面的温度会随着冷媒流的流动方向产生变化,进而形成温度较高的第一端61a和温度较低的第二端61b,由于温度较高的第一端61a与安装腔721内的热空气之间的温差较小,不容易产生冷凝水,故而,可以将电子元件71靠近第一端61a设置,即,将第一位置设置在靠近第一端61a的位置处。由于温度较低的第二端61b与安装腔721内的热空气之间的温差较大,容易产生冷凝水,故而,可以将散热翅片75靠近第二端61b设置,一方面温度较低的散热翅片75可以保证散热翅片75与热空气具有足够大的温差,便于对电控盒7进行散热,另一方面散热翅片75上冷凝形成的冷凝水也会在热空气的作用下蒸发,冷凝水蒸发吸热,以进一步降低冷媒流的温度,提升散热器6的换热效果。Specifically, during the operation of the heat exchange body 61, the surface temperature of the heat exchange body 61 will change with the flow direction of the refrigerant flow, thereby forming a first end 61a with a higher temperature and a second end with a lower temperature 61b, since the temperature difference between the higher temperature first end 61a and the hot air in the installation cavity 721 is small, it is not easy to generate condensed water, so the electronic component 71 can be arranged close to the first end 61a, that is, the first A position is provided near the first end 61a. Since the temperature difference between the lower temperature second end 61b and the hot air in the installation cavity 721 is relatively large, condensed water is likely to be generated. Therefore, the heat dissipation fins 75 can be arranged close to the second end 61b. On the one hand, the lower temperature The heat dissipation fins 75 can ensure that the heat dissipation fins 75 and the hot air have a sufficiently large temperature difference to facilitate the heat dissipation of the electric control box 7. On the other hand, the condensed water formed by condensation on the heat dissipation fins 75 will also evaporate under the action of the hot air. , the condensed water evaporates and absorbs heat, so as to further reduce the temperature of the refrigerant flow and improve the heat exchange effect of the radiator 6 .
10.1加速散热气流的流动速度10.1 Accelerate the flow rate of cooling airflow
进一步地,还可以在电控盒7内设置散热风扇78,散热风扇78用于在电控盒7内形成作用于散热翅片75上的散热气流,如此,可以加速散热气流的流动速度,进而提升换热效果。Further, a cooling fan 78 can also be provided in the electrical control box 7, and the cooling fan 78 is used to form a cooling airflow acting on the cooling fins 75 in the electrical control box 7, so that the flow speed of the cooling airflow can be accelerated, and then Improve heat transfer effect.
可选地,散热风扇78可以设置在靠近散热翅片75的位置处,以直接作用于散热翅片75。Optionally, the cooling fan 78 may be disposed close to the cooling fins 75 to directly act on the cooling fins 75 .
或者,如图28所示,还可以在电控盒7内设置安装板76,安装板76设于安装腔721内,以使得安装腔721形成位于安装板76两侧的第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214,安装板76上间隔开设有第一通风口764和第二通风口766,以使得第一腔室7212内的气体经第一通风口764流入第二腔室7214,第二腔室7214内的气体经第二通风口766流入第一腔室7212,换热主体61的至少部分位于第一腔室7212内,电子元件71和散热风扇78设于第二腔室7214内。Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 28 , a mounting plate 76 can also be provided in the electrical control box 7 , and the mounting plate 76 is provided in the mounting cavity 721 , so that the mounting cavity 721 forms the first cavity 7212 and In the second chamber 7214, a first vent 764 and a second vent 766 are spaced apart on the mounting plate 76, so that the gas in the first chamber 7212 flows into the second chamber 7214 through the first vent 764, and the second The gas in the chamber 7214 flows into the first chamber 7212 through the second vent 766 , at least part of the heat exchange body 61 is located in the first chamber 7212 , and the electronic components 71 and the cooling fan 78 are arranged in the second chamber 7214 .
通过采用安装板76将安装腔721分隔形成两个相互独立的第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214,可以在第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214内形成循环流动的气流,以增大与设于第一腔室7212内的散热翅片75接触的风量,并且可以便于降温后的气流为设置于第二腔室7214内的电子元件71散热,避免气体混流,以提 升散热翅片75的散热效率。By using the mounting plate 76 to separate the mounting cavity 721 to form two mutually independent first chambers 7212 and second chambers 7214, a circulating airflow can be formed in the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214 to increase the The air volume in contact with the heat dissipation fins 75 disposed in the first chamber 7212 is large, and the air flow after cooling can facilitate the heat dissipation of the electronic components 71 disposed in the second chamber 7214, so as to avoid gas mixing, so as to improve the heat dissipation fins 75 cooling efficiency.
其中,设置于第二腔室7214内的散热风扇78用于加速第二腔室7214内的空气的流动速度,进而加快空气在第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214之间的循环速度,提升电控盒7的散热效率。Wherein, the cooling fan 78 disposed in the second chamber 7214 is used to accelerate the flow speed of the air in the second chamber 7214, thereby accelerating the circulation speed of the air between the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214, The heat dissipation efficiency of the electric control box 7 is improved.
进一步地,可以设置散热气流流经散热翅片75时的流动方向垂直于冷媒流的流向。Further, the flow direction of the heat dissipation air flowing through the heat dissipation fins 75 can be set to be perpendicular to the flow direction of the refrigerant flow.
如图27和图28所示,当换热主体61中的冷媒流沿水平方向时,可以设置散热气流沿竖直方向流动,以避免散热气流流动至电子元件71的位置处。As shown in FIGS. 27 and 28 , when the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 is in a horizontal direction, the cooling airflow can be set to flow in a vertical direction to prevent the cooling airflow from flowing to the position of the electronic components 71 .
具体来说,可以将第一通风口764和第二通风口766沿竖直方向间隔设置于散热翅片75的相对两侧。其中,第一通风口764和第二通风口766的数量和排布密度可以根据需要进行设置。Specifically, the first ventilation openings 764 and the second ventilation openings 766 may be disposed on opposite sides of the heat dissipation fins 75 at intervals along the vertical direction. The number and arrangement density of the first ventilation openings 764 and the second ventilation openings 766 can be set as required.
或者,当换热主体61中的冷媒流沿竖直方向时,可以设置散热气流沿水平方向流动,以避免散热气流流动至电子元件71的位置处。或者,散热气流的流向还可以与冷媒流的流向设置为沿其他两个相互垂直的方向,本申请实施例不做具体限定。Alternatively, when the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body 61 is in a vertical direction, the cooling airflow may be arranged to flow in a horizontal direction to prevent the cooling airflow from flowing to the position of the electronic components 71 . Alternatively, the flow direction of the cooling air flow and the flow direction of the refrigerant flow may also be set to be along other two mutually perpendicular directions, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
进一步地,当采用竖直方向设置的第一通风口764和第二通风口766时,可以将第一通风口764设置在第二通风口766的上部,以使得经第二通风口766进入第一腔室7212中的热空气自动上升至换热主体61的位置处,并与换热主体61进行热交换。Further, when the first ventilation port 764 and the second ventilation port 766 arranged in the vertical direction are adopted, the first ventilation port 764 can be arranged on the upper part of the second ventilation port 766, so that the first ventilation port 764 can enter the first ventilation port 766 through the second ventilation port 766. The hot air in a chamber 7212 automatically rises to the position of the heat exchange body 61 and exchanges heat with the heat exchange body 61 .
可选地,可以将散热风扇78设置在靠近第一通风口764的位置处,以便于位于第一腔室7212顶部的冷空气及时进入第二腔室7214,并且散热风扇78可以为冷空气加速,以提升电子元件71的散热效率。Optionally, the cooling fan 78 can be positioned close to the first vent 764 so that the cool air at the top of the first chamber 7212 can enter the second chamber 7214 in time, and the cooling fan 78 can accelerate the cooling air , so as to improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic components 71 .
11.内部环流11. Internal circulation
通常情况下,为了对电控盒7进行降温,通常在电控盒7的盒体72上开设与安装腔721连通的散热孔,以通过散热孔与外界空气自然对流进行换热,进而对电控盒7进行降温。但是采用在盒体72上开设散热孔的方式,会降低电控盒7的密封性,外界的水份、灰尘等杂质会经散热孔进入安装腔721内,进而损坏设置于安装腔721内的电子元件。Under normal circumstances, in order to cool down the electric control box 7, a heat dissipation hole that communicates with the installation cavity 721 is usually opened on the box body 72 of the electric control box 7, so as to exchange heat with the natural convection of the outside air through the heat dissipation hole, and then to the electric control box 7. The control box 7 is cooled down. However, the method of opening heat dissipation holes on the box body 72 will reduce the sealing performance of the electric control box 7, and impurities such as moisture and dust from the outside will enter the installation cavity 721 through the heat dissipation holes, thereby damaging the components disposed in the installation cavity 721. Electronic component.
本实施例为了解决上述问题,可以将电控盒7的盒体72设置为密封结构。具体来说,请参阅图29,电控盒7包括盒体72、安装板76、散热器6、电子元件71以及散热风扇78。In this embodiment, in order to solve the above problems, the box body 72 of the electric control box 7 can be set to be a sealed structure. Specifically, referring to FIG. 29 , the electric control box 7 includes a box body 72 , a mounting plate 76 , a heat sink 6 , an electronic component 71 and a cooling fan 78 .
其中,盒体72设有安装腔721,安装板76设于安装腔721内,以使得安装腔721形成位于安装板76两侧的第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214,安装板76上设有间隔的第一通风口764和第二通风口766,第一通风口764和第二通风口766连通第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214;散热器6至少部分设于第一腔室7212内;电子元件71设于第二腔室7214内,并与散热器6导热连接;散热风扇78用于送风,以使得第一腔室7212内的气体经第一通风口764流入第二腔室7214。The box body 72 is provided with an installation cavity 721 , and the installation plate 76 is disposed in the installation cavity 721 , so that the installation cavity 721 forms a first cavity 7212 and a second cavity 7214 on both sides of the installation plate 76 . A spaced first vent 764 and a second vent 766 are provided, and the first vent 764 and the second vent 766 communicate with the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214; the radiator 6 is at least partially provided in the first chamber The electronic component 71 is arranged in the second chamber 7214 and is thermally connected to the radiator 6; the cooling fan 78 is used for air supply, so that the gas in the first chamber 7212 flows into the first chamber 7212 through the first vent 764. Two chambers 7214.
本实施例通过将散热器6的至少部分设于第一腔室7212内,将电子元件71和散热风扇78设于第二腔室7214内,并在安装板76上开设间隔的连通第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214的第一通风口764和第二通风口766,如此,电子元件71发热使得第二腔室7214内的空气的温度较高,散热风扇78将热空气送入第二通风口766,由于热空气的密度较小,热空气自然上升以与设于第一腔室7212内的散热器6接触,散热器6用于对热空气进行降温形成冷空气,冷空气自第一通风口764流入第二腔室7214内,散热风扇78用于对冷空气加速,以利用冷空气对设于第二腔室7214内的电子元件71进行降温,与电子元件71热交换后的冷空气的温度升高,温度升高后的冷空气进一步在散热风扇78的作用下继续进入第二通风口766,以此循环,进而通过内循环的方式为设于电控盒7内的电子元件71进行降温,相比于采用在电控盒7上开设散热孔的方式进行降温,本申请中的电控盒7为全密闭电控盒7,可以有效解决防水、防虫、防尘、防潮等问题,进而提升电控盒7的电控可靠性。In this embodiment, at least part of the heat sink 6 is arranged in the first cavity 7212 , the electronic components 71 and the cooling fan 78 are arranged in the second cavity 7214 , and the first cavity is connected to the mounting plate 76 at intervals. The first vent 764 and the second vent 766 of the chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214, in this way, the electronic components 71 generate heat, so that the temperature of the air in the second chamber 7214 is higher, and the heat dissipation fan 78 sends the hot air into the second chamber 7214. The second ventilation port 766, due to the low density of the hot air, the hot air naturally rises to contact the radiator 6 provided in the first chamber 7212, the radiator 6 is used for cooling the hot air to form cold air, and the cold air is The first ventilation port 764 flows into the second chamber 7214 , and the cooling fan 78 is used to accelerate the cold air, so as to use the cold air to cool down the electronic components 71 disposed in the second chamber 7214 , after heat exchange with the electronic components 71 . The temperature of the cold air rises, and the cold air after the temperature rise continues to enter the second vent 766 under the action of the cooling fan 78, and circulates through this, and then through the internal circulation method for the electric control box 7. The electronic components 71 are cooled. Compared with the method of opening heat dissipation holes on the electric control box 7, the electric control box 7 in the present application is a fully enclosed electric control box 7, which can effectively solve the problems of waterproof, insect-proof, dust-proof, etc. Moisture-proof and other problems, thereby improving the electrical control reliability of the electrical control box 7 .
如图29所示,散热风扇78安装于第一通风口764内,散热风扇78所在的平面与安装板76所在的平面共面。As shown in FIG. 29 , the cooling fan 78 is installed in the first vent 764 , and the plane where the cooling fan 78 is located is coplanar with the plane where the mounting plate 76 is located.
具体来说,可以将散热风扇78通过风扇支架(图中未示出)固定于第一通风口764内,散热风扇78所在的平面具体是指与散热风扇78的转轴方向垂直的平面。通过将散热风扇78设于第一通风口764内,可以缩短散热风扇78与第一腔室7212的距离,便于将冷空气排出第一腔室7212,并且也可以避免散热风扇78占用第二腔室7214内的空间,以使得电控盒7内的元件排布的更加紧凑,进而缩小电控盒7的体积。Specifically, the cooling fan 78 can be fixed in the first vent 764 through a fan bracket (not shown in the figure), and the plane where the cooling fan 78 is located specifically refers to a plane perpendicular to the direction of the rotation axis of the cooling fan 78 . By arranging the cooling fan 78 in the first vent 764, the distance between the cooling fan 78 and the first chamber 7212 can be shortened, the cooling air can be easily discharged from the first chamber 7212, and the second chamber can be prevented from being occupied by the cooling fan 78. The space in the chamber 7214 can be used to make the arrangement of the components in the electric control box 7 more compact, thereby reducing the volume of the electric control box 7 .
由于电子元件71通常安装于安装板76上,如果采用散热风扇78所在的平面与安装板76所在的平面共面的方式,则散热风扇78的气流流向通常垂直于安装板76所在的平面,如此,散热风扇78的气流的流向不能直接作用于电子元件71,并且延长了气流在第二腔室7214内的流动路径。Since the electronic components 71 are usually mounted on the mounting plate 76, if the plane where the cooling fan 78 is located is coplanar with the plane where the mounting plate 76 is located, the airflow direction of the cooling fan 78 is usually perpendicular to the plane where the mounting plate 76 is located, so that , the flow direction of the airflow of the cooling fan 78 cannot directly act on the electronic components 71 , and the flow path of the airflow in the second chamber 7214 is prolonged.
故而,如图11和图29所示,还可以在电控盒7内设置导风罩79,导风罩79罩设于散热风扇78的外围,用于为散热风扇78吹出的空气导向,使得散热风扇78的出风方向朝向电子元件71。Therefore, as shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 29 , an air guide cover 79 can also be provided in the electric control box 7, and the air guide cover 79 is covered on the periphery of the cooling fan 78 to guide the air blown by the cooling fan 78, so that the The air outlet direction of the cooling fan 78 faces the electronic components 71 .
具体来说,导风罩79连接于安装板76上,且导风罩79的出风口朝向电子元件71所在的位置处,以使得散热风扇78的气流在经过导风罩79的导向后流动至电子元件71的位置处,一方面可以使得冷空气直接作用于电子元件71,以提升电子元件71的散热效率,另一方面,导风罩79也可以增大流经电子元件71的冷空气的速度,以进一步提升电子元件71的散热效率。Specifically, the air guide cover 79 is connected to the mounting plate 76 , and the air outlet of the air guide cover 79 faces the position where the electronic components 71 are located, so that the air flow of the cooling fan 78 flows to the place where the air guide cover 79 is guided. At the position of the electronic components 71, on the one hand, the cold air can directly act on the electronic components 71 to improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic components 71; speed to further improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic components 71 .
在另一实施例中,如图30所示,散热风扇78所在的平面与安装板76所在的平面垂直,散热风扇78的背风侧朝向第一通风口764设置。In another embodiment, as shown in FIG. 30 , the plane where the cooling fan 78 is located is perpendicular to the plane where the mounting plate 76 is located, and the leeward side of the cooling fan 78 is disposed toward the first vent 764 .
具体来说,散热风扇78可以设置于安装板76朝向第二腔室7214的一侧,散热风扇78的转轴方向与安装板76所在的平面平行,散热风扇78的背风侧指的是散热风扇78的进风侧。在本实施例中,可以将散热风扇78设置于第一通风口764和电子元件71之间,经第一通风口764进入第二腔室7214内的冷空气经散热风扇78加速后流出,以提升冷空气的流动速度,提升电控盒7的散热效率。Specifically, the cooling fan 78 can be disposed on the side of the mounting plate 76 facing the second chamber 7214 , the direction of the rotation axis of the cooling fan 78 is parallel to the plane where the mounting plate 76 is located, and the leeward side of the cooling fan 78 refers to the cooling fan 78 the air inlet side. In this embodiment, the cooling fan 78 can be arranged between the first vent 764 and the electronic component 71 , and the cool air entering the second chamber 7214 through the first vent 764 is accelerated by the cooling fan 78 and then flows out to prevent The flow speed of the cold air is increased, and the heat dissipation efficiency of the electric control box 7 is improved.
进一步地,如图30所示,为了使得经第一通风口764进入的冷空气均经散热风扇78加速,还可以在电控盒7内设置回风风道791,回风风道791连接于第一通风口764与散热风扇78之间,用于将第一腔室7212内的空气输送至散热风扇78。如此,经第一通风口764进入的冷空气全部经由回风风道791被送至散热风扇78,并被散热风扇78加速,以提升冷空气的流动速度,提升电控盒7的散热效率。Further, as shown in FIG. 30, in order to make the cold air entering through the first vent 764 be accelerated by the cooling fan 78, a return air duct 791 can also be provided in the electric control box 7, and the return air duct 791 is connected to Between the first vent 764 and the cooling fan 78 , the air in the first chamber 7212 is transported to the cooling fan 78 . In this way, all the cold air entering through the first vent 764 is sent to the cooling fan 78 through the return air duct 791 and accelerated by the cooling fan 78 to increase the flow speed of the cold air and improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic control box 7 .
进一步地,如图30所示,还可以在电控盒7内设置送风风道792,送风风道792连接于散热风扇78背离回风风道791的一侧,用于为散热风扇78吹出的空气导向,使得经过送风风道792导向后的气流流向朝向电子元件71。Further, as shown in FIG. 30 , an air supply air duct 792 can also be provided in the electric control box 7, and the air supply air duct 792 is connected to the side of the cooling fan 78 away from the return air duct 791, and is used for the cooling fan 78. The blown air is directed so that the airflow directed through the air supply air duct 792 flows toward the electronic component 71 .
具体来说,送风风道792可以用于为散热风扇78吹出的空气导向,使得散热风扇78的出风方向朝向电子元件71,以增大流动至电子元件71位置处的冷空气的比例,进而提升电子元件71的散热效率。Specifically, the air supply duct 792 can be used to guide the air blown by the cooling fan 78, so that the air outlet direction of the cooling fan 78 is directed toward the electronic component 71, so as to increase the proportion of cold air flowing to the position of the electronic component 71, Thus, the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic component 71 is improved.
在另一实施例中,如图31所示,散热风扇78还可以设置为离心风扇。In another embodiment, as shown in FIG. 31 , the cooling fan 78 can also be configured as a centrifugal fan.
其中,离心风扇是依靠输入的机械能,提高气体压力并排送气体的机械。离心风扇的工作原理是利用高速旋转的叶轮将气体加速。故而,在本实施例中,通过将散热风扇78设置为离心风扇,一方面可以获得高速的冷空气,提升电子元件71的散热效率,另一方面,相对于设置回风风道791和送风风道792的散热风扇78,离心风扇也可以简化散热风扇78的结构,并提升安装效率。Among them, the centrifugal fan is a machine that relies on the input mechanical energy to increase the gas pressure and discharge the gas. The working principle of a centrifugal fan is to use a high-speed rotating impeller to accelerate the gas. Therefore, in this embodiment, by setting the cooling fan 78 as a centrifugal fan, on the one hand, high-speed cold air can be obtained to improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic components 71, The cooling fan 78 of the air duct 792 and the centrifugal fan can also simplify the structure of the cooling fan 78 and improve the installation efficiency.
可选地,当电子元件71的设置位置较为分散时,增加导风罩79和送风风道792会使得导向后的气流方向较为固定,虽然可以提升气流方向上的部分电子元件71的散热效率,但是偏离气流方向距离较大的位置处的电子元件71的散热效果较差。Optionally, when the placement positions of the electronic components 71 are relatively scattered, the addition of the air guide cover 79 and the air supply air duct 792 will make the air flow direction after the guide relatively fixed, although the heat dissipation efficiency of some electronic components 71 in the air flow direction can be improved. , but the heat dissipation effect of the electronic component 71 at a position that deviates from the direction of the airflow is relatively poor.
故而,还可以在安装板76上间隔设置导风板(图中未示出),并在导风板之间形成导风流道,以用于为散热风扇78吹出的空气导向。Therefore, air guide plates (not shown in the figure) can also be arranged on the mounting plate 76 at intervals, and air guide channels are formed between the air guide plates to guide the air blown out by the cooling fan 78 .
例如,可以在分散设置的电子元件71之间设置两个平行间隔的导风板,导风板的延伸方向沿电子元件71的间隔方向,以在两个导风板之间限定出沿电子元件71的间隔方向的导风流道。散热风扇78吹出的冷空气首先流动至部分电子元件71的位置处,以对电子元件71进行散热,经过部分电子元件71后的空气进一步经导风流道流动至另一部分电子元件71的位置处,以用于对另一部分电子元件71进行散热,如此,可以使得电子元件71热量散失的更加均衡,避免局部电子元件71的温度过高,发生损坏。For example, two parallel and spaced air guide plates can be arranged between the electronic components 71 that are dispersedly arranged, and the extension direction of the air guide plates is along the spacing direction of the electronic components 71, so as to define a space along the electronic components between the two air guide plates. 71 The air guide runners in the spacing direction. The cold air blown by the cooling fan 78 first flows to the position of some electronic components 71 to dissipate heat from the electronic components 71 , and the air after passing through some electronic components 71 further flows to the position of another part of the electronic components 71 through the air guide channel, It is used to dissipate heat to another part of the electronic components 71 . In this way, the heat dissipation of the electronic components 71 can be more evenly dissipated, and the temperature of the local electronic components 71 can be prevented from being too high and damaged.
其中,可以将散热器6设置于电控盒7的内部,即,可以将换热主体61设于第一腔室7212内,以用于对第一腔室7212中的空气进行降温。Wherein, the radiator 6 can be arranged inside the electric control box 7 , that is, the heat exchange main body 61 can be arranged in the first chamber 7212 for cooling the air in the first chamber 7212 .
或者,还可以将散热器6设置于电控盒7的外部,并将散热器6的至少部分延伸设置于第一腔室7212内。例如,在散热器6包括换热主体61、集成管路组件62以及散热翅片75的情况下,可以在盒体72上开设有与第一腔室7212连通的装配口(未图示)。此时,将换热主体61连接于盒体72的外侧壁,散热翅片75连接于换热主体61上,并经装配口插置于第一腔室7212内。Alternatively, the radiator 6 can also be disposed outside the electric control box 7 , and at least a part of the radiator 6 can be extended in the first chamber 7212 . For example, when the radiator 6 includes the heat exchange main body 61 , the integrated pipeline assembly 62 and the heat dissipation fins 75 , an assembly port (not shown) that communicates with the first chamber 7212 may be opened on the box body 72 . At this time, the heat exchange body 61 is connected to the outer side wall of the box body 72 , and the heat dissipation fins 75 are connected to the heat exchange body 61 and inserted into the first chamber 7212 through the assembly port.
其中,本实施例中的散热器6与电控盒7的配合方式与上述实施例中的相同,请参照上述实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the matching manner of the radiator 6 and the electric control box 7 in this embodiment is the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
如图31所示,可以将电子元件71设置在散热风扇78的送风范围内,以便于散热风扇78直接作用于电子元件71以进行降温。As shown in FIG. 31 , the electronic components 71 can be arranged within the air supply range of the cooling fan 78 , so that the cooling fan 78 can directly act on the electronic components 71 to cool down.
其中,电子元件71例如可以包括共模电感711、电抗712和电容713等发热量较大的主发热元件,以及风机模块714等发热量较小的次发热元件。为了提升主发热元件的散热效率,可以设置主发热元件与第一通风口764之间的距离小于次发热元件与第一通风口764之间的距离,即可以将发热量较大的主发热元件设置在靠近第一通风口764的位置处,将发热量较小的次发热元件设置在远离第一通风口764的位置处,以使得经第一通风口764进入的温度较低的空气首先作用于发热量较大的主发热元件,以提升发热量较大的主发热元件的散热效率。The electronic element 71 may include, for example, a common mode inductor 711 , a reactance 712 , a capacitor 713 , and other primary heating elements that generate relatively large amounts of heat, and a secondary heating element such as the fan module 714 that generates relatively small amounts of heat. In order to improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the main heating element, the distance between the main heating element and the first ventilation port 764 can be set to be smaller than the distance between the secondary heating element and the first ventilation port 764, that is, the main heating element with larger calorific value can be Set at a position close to the first ventilation port 764, and set the secondary heating element with a smaller calorific value at a position away from the first ventilation port 764, so that the air with a lower temperature entering through the first ventilation port 764 acts first It is used for the main heating element with a large amount of heat, so as to improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the main heating element with a large amount of heat.
可选地,可以将第二通风口766开设在散热风扇78送风的末端,并开设在靠近发热量较大的电子元件71的位置处,一方面可以扩大散热风扇78的辐射范围,提升第二腔室7214内空气的循环效率,另一方面也可以使得与发热量较大的电子元件71换热后的热空气及时排出第二腔室7214,避免提升整个第二腔室7214的温度。Optionally, the second vent 766 can be opened at the end of the cooling fan 78 for air supply, and is opened at a position close to the electronic component 71 that generates a larger amount of heat, on the one hand, the radiation range of the cooling fan 78 can be expanded, and the first The circulation efficiency of the air in the second chamber 7214 can also make the hot air after heat exchange with the electronic component 71 with a large calorific value to be discharged out of the second chamber 7214 in time to avoid raising the temperature of the entire second chamber 7214 .
进一步地,可以将第二通风口766设置在靠近第一通风口764的位置处,以缩短空气在第二腔室7214内的循环路径,降低空气流动阻力,提升空气的循环效率,进而提升电控盒7的散热效率。Further, the second ventilation port 766 can be arranged at a position close to the first ventilation port 764, so as to shorten the circulation path of the air in the second chamber 7214, reduce the air flow resistance, improve the circulation efficiency of the air, and further improve the electric power. The heat dissipation efficiency of the control box 7.
进一步地,第一通风口764和第二通风口766的尺寸大小也可以根据电子元件71的排布情况进行设 置。Further, the size of the first vent 764 and the second vent 766 can also be set according to the arrangement of the electronic components 71.
具体来说,第二通风口766的数量可以具有多个,多个第二通风口766分别设于安装板76的不同位置处。设于发热量较大的电子元件71位置处的第二通风口766的尺寸可以设置的相对较大,第二通风口766的数量也可以设置的相对较多,且多个第二通风口766的分布密度可以设置的相对较大。设于发热量较小的电子元件71位置处的第二通风口766的尺寸可以设置的相对较小,第二通风口766的数量也可以设置的相对较少,且多个第二通风口766的分布密度可以设置的相对较小。Specifically, the number of the second ventilation openings 766 may be multiple, and the multiple second ventilation openings 766 are respectively provided at different positions of the mounting plate 76 . The size of the second vent 766 located at the position of the electronic component 71 with a large heat generation can be set relatively large, the number of the second vent 766 can also be set relatively large, and a plurality of the second vent 766 The distribution density of can be set relatively large. The size of the second vent 766 located at the position of the electronic component 71 with less heat generation can be set relatively small, the number of the second vent 766 can also be set relatively small, and a plurality of the second vent 766 The distribution density of can be set relatively small.
进一步地,可以设置第一通风口764的尺寸大于第二通风口766的尺寸,以提升回风风量,提高散热风扇78的效率。Further, the size of the first vent 764 may be set larger than the size of the second vent 766 to increase the return air volume and improve the efficiency of the cooling fan 78 .
12.自然对流12. Natural convection
请参阅图32和图33,在本实施例中,电控盒7包括盒体72、安装板76、散热器6和主发热元件715。Referring to FIGS. 32 and 33 , in this embodiment, the electric control box 7 includes a box body 72 , a mounting plate 76 , a heat sink 6 and a main heating element 715 .
其中,盒体72设有安装腔721,安装板76设于安装腔721内,以使得安装腔721形成位于安装板76两侧的第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214,安装板76上设有沿竖直方向间隔的第一通风口764和第二通风口766;散热器6至少部分设于第一腔室7212内;主发热元件715设于第二腔室7214内;第一通风口764和第二通风口766连通第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214,以利用主发热元件715和散热器6的温差在第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214之间形成循环流动的散热气流。The box body 72 is provided with an installation cavity 721 , and the installation plate 76 is disposed in the installation cavity 721 , so that the installation cavity 721 forms a first cavity 7212 and a second cavity 7214 on both sides of the installation plate 76 . A first ventilation port 764 and a second ventilation port 766 spaced in the vertical direction are provided; the radiator 6 is at least partially provided in the first chamber 7212; the main heating element 715 is provided in the second chamber 7214; the first ventilation The port 764 and the second ventilation port 766 communicate with the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214 to form a circulating flow between the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214 by utilizing the temperature difference between the main heating element 715 and the radiator 6 cooling airflow.
具体来说,主发热元件715设于第二腔室7214内,主发热元件715工作产生的热量导致第二腔室7214内的温度升高,由于热空气的密度较小,热空气自然上升并经第二腔室7214顶部的第一通风口764进入第一腔室7212内,热空气接触到散热器6后与散热器6进行热交换,热空气的温度降低,密度增大,在重力的作用下自然下沉至第一腔室7212的底部,并经第二通风口766进入第二腔室7214内,用于对设于第二腔室7214中的主发热元件715降温,与主发热元件715热交换后的热空气进一步上升至第一通风口764的位置处,以此形成在第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214之间的内循环气流。Specifically, the main heating element 715 is arranged in the second chamber 7214, and the heat generated by the operation of the main heating element 715 causes the temperature in the second chamber 7214 to rise. Due to the low density of the hot air, the hot air naturally rises and increases. After entering the first chamber 7212 through the first vent 764 at the top of the second chamber 7214, the hot air contacts the radiator 6 and exchanges heat with the radiator 6, the temperature of the hot air decreases, and the density increases. Under the action, it naturally sinks to the bottom of the first chamber 7212, and enters the second chamber 7214 through the second vent 766 to cool the main heating element 715 disposed in the second chamber 7214, and the main heating element 715 The hot air after the heat exchange of the element 715 further rises to the position of the first ventilation port 764 , thereby forming an inner circulating air flow between the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214 .
本实施例通过在安装板76上开设连通第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214的第一通风口764和第二通风口766,并将第一通风口764和第二通风口766沿竖直方向设置,可以利用空气的自身重力在第一腔室7212和第二腔室7214之间循环流动,以用于对设于第二腔室7214内的电子元件71降温,并可以降低电控盒7的整体温度,相比于采用散热风扇78进行送风的方案,本实施例中的电控盒7的结构更加简洁,进而可以提升电控盒7的装配效率并降低电控盒7的生产成本。In this embodiment, a first vent 764 and a second vent 766 are formed on the mounting plate 76 to communicate with the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214, and the first vent 764 and the second vent 766 are vertically arranged. Set in a straight direction, the air can circulate between the first chamber 7212 and the second chamber 7214 by its own gravity, so as to cool down the electronic components 71 arranged in the second chamber 7214, and can reduce the electrical control The overall temperature of the box 7, compared with the solution of using the cooling fan 78 for air supply, the structure of the electric control box 7 in this embodiment is more concise, which can improve the assembly efficiency of the electric control box 7 and reduce the temperature of the electric control box 7. Cost of production.
进一步地,可以将散热器6沿重力方向设于主发热元件715的上侧,即将散热器6设置在靠近第一腔室7212顶部的位置处,将主发热元件715设置在靠近第二腔室7214底部的位置处。通过此种设置方式,可以缩小散热器6与第一通风口764之间的距离,使得经第一通风口764进入第一腔室7212的热空气快速与散热器6接触进行降温,并在重力的作用下自然下沉。通过缩小主发热元件715与第二通风口766之间的距离,使得经第二通风口766进入第二腔室7214的热空气快速与主发热元件715接触进行升温,并在浮力的作用下自然上升,如此,可以提升电控盒7内的气流的循环速度,提升散热效率。Further, the radiator 6 can be arranged on the upper side of the main heating element 715 in the direction of gravity, that is, the radiator 6 can be arranged at a position close to the top of the first chamber 7212, and the main heating element 715 can be arranged close to the second chamber. 7214 at the bottom of the location. Through this arrangement, the distance between the radiator 6 and the first vent 764 can be reduced, so that the hot air entering the first chamber 7212 through the first vent 764 quickly contacts the radiator 6 to cool down, and is cooled by gravity. Under the action of natural sinking. By reducing the distance between the main heating element 715 and the second vent 766, the hot air entering the second chamber 7214 through the second vent 766 quickly contacts the main heating element 715 to heat up, and naturally under the action of buoyancy In this way, the circulation speed of the air flow in the electric control box 7 can be increased, and the heat dissipation efficiency can be improved.
进一步地,如图33所示,还可以在电控盒7内设置次发热元件716,次发热元件716设于第二腔室7214内,并与换热主体61导热连接,其中,次发热元件716的发热量小于主发热元件715的发热量。Further, as shown in FIG. 33 , a secondary heating element 716 can also be provided in the electric control box 7 , and the secondary heating element 716 is arranged in the second chamber 7214 and is thermally connected to the heat exchange main body 61 , wherein the secondary heating element 716 The calorific value of 716 is smaller than the calorific value of the main heating element 715 .
具体来说,在本实施例中,可以将发热量较大的主发热元件715设置在靠近第二通风口766的位置处,一方面可以使得经第一腔室7212进入的冷空气首先与发热量较大的电子元件71接触,提升电子元件71的散热效率,另一方面也可以使得冷空气和发热量较大的电子元件71之间具有较大的温差,使得冷空气可以迅速升温,进而在浮力的作用下迅速上升。将发热量较小的次发热元件716设置在换热主体61上,并与换热主体61接触,可以利用换热主体61直接对发热量较小的电子元件71进行降温。如此,通过将发热量较大的主发热元件715和发热量较小的次发热元件716分区域设置,可以使得电子元件71的分布合理,并可以充分利用电控盒7的内部空间。Specifically, in this embodiment, the main heating element 715 with a larger calorific value can be arranged at a position close to the second vent 766, on the one hand, the cold air entering through the first chamber 7212 can be first mixed with the generator. Contacting the electronic components 71 with a large amount of heat can improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the electronic components 71. On the other hand, it can also make a large temperature difference between the cold air and the electronic components 71 with a large amount of heat, so that the cold air can be heated up quickly, and then It rises rapidly under the action of buoyancy. The secondary heating element 716 with smaller calorific value is disposed on the heat exchange main body 61 and in contact with the heat exchange main body 61 , and the heat exchange main body 61 can be used to directly cool down the electronic element 71 with smaller calorific value. In this way, by arranging the main heating element 715 with a larger calorific value and the secondary heating element 716 with a smaller calorific value in different regions, the distribution of the electronic elements 71 can be made reasonable, and the internal space of the electric control box 7 can be fully utilized.
可选地,次发热元件716通过散热固定板74连接于换热主体61上,以提升次发热元件716的装配效率。Optionally, the secondary heating element 716 is connected to the heat exchange main body 61 through the heat dissipation fixing plate 74 to improve the assembly efficiency of the secondary heating element 716 .
其中,次发热元件716与换热主体61的连接方式可以与上述实施例中的相同,具体参照上述实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The connection manner between the secondary heating element 716 and the heat exchange main body 61 may be the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the specific reference is made to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
或者,还可以将散热器6设置于电控盒7的外部,并将散热器6的至少部分延伸设置于第一腔室7212内。Alternatively, the radiator 6 can also be disposed outside the electric control box 7 , and at least a part of the radiator 6 can be extended in the first chamber 7212 .
其中,散热器6与电控盒7的配合方式与上述实施例中的相同,请参照上述实施例中的描述。The matching manner of the radiator 6 and the electric control box 7 is the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment.
以上各实施例中的结构可以相互组合使用,并且,可以理解地,上述实施例中的方案除了可以采用前文所述的散热器6外,还可以采用其它种类的散热器6,本申请实施例不做具体限定。The structures in the above embodiments can be used in combination with each other, and it can be understood that, in addition to the radiator 6 described above, other types of radiators 6 can also be used in the solutions in the above embodiments. No specific limitation is made.
13.电子元件设置在电控盒内13. Electronic components are set in the electric control box
目前,空调装置的空调室外机的电控盒的散热方式通常为风冷和冷媒散热,主要是将冷媒管路固定在室外机的横梁上,由于冷媒管路不可拆卸,使得其背后的零部件没有足够的活动空间、维修不便。At present, the heat dissipation method of the electric control box of the outdoor unit of the air conditioner of the air conditioner is usually air cooling and refrigerant heat dissipation. The main method is to fix the refrigerant pipeline on the beam of the outdoor unit. There is not enough space for activities and maintenance is inconvenient.
因此,本申请将从以下两个方面对上述电控盒的安装方式进行改进,以使得设于空调室外机内的电子元件的安装和维修更加便捷。Therefore, the present application will improve the installation method of the above-mentioned electric control box from the following two aspects, so as to make the installation and maintenance of the electronic components provided in the outdoor unit of the air conditioner more convenient.
请参阅图34,本申请提供一种空调室外机,空调室外机包括壳体8、散热器6和电控盒7。Referring to FIG. 34 , the present application provides an outdoor unit of an air conditioner. The outdoor unit of the air conditioner includes a housing 8 , a radiator 6 and an electric control box 7 .
其中,壳体8设有具有开口122的收容腔121,散热器6设于收容腔121内,电控盒7设有电子元件71,电控盒7与壳体8转动连接,并用于封盖和打开开口122,电控盒7封盖开口122时,电子元件71与散热器6导热连接。The housing 8 is provided with an accommodating cavity 121 having an opening 122, the radiator 6 is provided in the accommodating cavity 121, the electric control box 7 is provided with electronic components 71, and the electric control box 7 is rotatably connected with the housing 8 and is used for sealing And when the opening 122 is opened and the electric control box 7 covers the opening 122 , the electronic component 71 is thermally connected to the heat sink 6 .
具体来说,散热器6固定设置于壳体8的内部,壳体8表面上设有与收容腔121连通的开口122,电控盒7与开口122的周缘转动连接,当电控盒7封盖壳体8时,电子元件71与散热器6导热连接,以利用散热器6为电子元件71进行降温,当电控盒7相对壳体8转动打开开口122时,可以露出设置于壳体8内的元器件,以便于对壳体8内的元器件进行维修。故而,本实施例通过将电控盒7和壳体8转动连接,可以便于对空调室外机进行维修。Specifically, the radiator 6 is fixedly arranged inside the casing 8 , an opening 122 communicating with the accommodating cavity 121 is provided on the surface of the casing 8 , and the electric control box 7 is rotatably connected with the periphery of the opening 122 . When the electric control box 7 is sealed When the casing 8 is covered, the electronic components 71 are thermally connected to the radiator 6 so as to use the radiator 6 to cool the electronic components 71 . When the electrical control box 7 is rotated relative to the casing 8 to open the opening 122 , the electronic components 71 can be exposed and disposed on the casing 8 . The components in the housing 8 are easy to maintain. Therefore, in this embodiment, by rotatably connecting the electric control box 7 and the housing 8, the maintenance of the outdoor unit of the air conditioner can be facilitated.
进一步地,如图34所示,壳体8包括垂直连接的立柱123和横梁124,电控盒7与立柱123转动连接,例如,可以通过合页或者转轴将电控盒7与立柱123转动连接,电控盒7和横梁124可拆卸连接,当电控盒7和横梁124连接时,电控盒7封盖壳体8的开口122,以密封收容腔121,当电控盒7和横梁124解除连接时,电控盒7可以相对立柱123转动以打开开口122。另外,通过将电控盒7连接于壳体8的立柱123和横梁124上,可以增大壳体8的承重能力,进而便于设置重量较大的电控盒7。并且,由于立柱123沿竖直方向设置,通过将电控盒7的转动轴设置为竖直方向,可以便于电控盒7的打开和关闭。Further, as shown in FIG. 34 , the housing 8 includes a vertical column 123 and a beam 124 , and the electric control box 7 is rotatably connected with the column 123 . For example, the electric control box 7 and the column 123 can be rotatably connected through a hinge or a rotating shaft. , the electric control box 7 and the beam 124 are detachably connected, when the electric control box 7 and the beam 124 are connected, the electric control box 7 covers the opening 122 of the housing 8 to seal the receiving cavity 121, when the electric control box 7 and the beam 124 When disconnected, the electric control box 7 can be rotated relative to the upright column 123 to open the opening 122 . In addition, by connecting the electric control box 7 to the column 123 and the beam 124 of the casing 8, the load-bearing capacity of the casing 8 can be increased, thereby facilitating the installation of the electric control box 7 with a relatively large weight. Moreover, since the upright column 123 is arranged in the vertical direction, the opening and closing of the electric control box 7 can be facilitated by setting the rotation axis of the electric control box 7 in the vertical direction.
或者,还可以根据需要将电控盒7与横梁124转动连接,将电控盒7和立柱123可拆卸连接,其转动和打开的原理与上述实施例中的相同,请参照上述实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。Alternatively, the electric control box 7 and the beam 124 can also be rotatably connected as required, and the electric control box 7 and the upright column 123 can be detachably connected. The principle of its rotation and opening is the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment. Please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment. description, which will not be repeated here.
进一步地,如图34所示,横梁124和电控盒7上分别设有相互配合的吊耳125和挂钩126,电控盒7进一步沿电控盒7的转动轴的轴向移动,进而使得吊耳125和挂钩126彼此锁定或解除锁定,并在彼此锁定时将电控盒7连接于横梁124上。Further, as shown in FIG. 34 , the beam 124 and the electric control box 7 are respectively provided with mutually matched lifting ears 125 and hooks 126 , and the electric control box 7 is further moved along the axial direction of the rotating shaft of the electric control box 7 , thereby making the The lifting lugs 125 and the hooks 126 lock or unlock each other, and connect the electric control box 7 to the beam 124 when they are locked to each other.
具体来说,电控盒7和横梁124是通过相互卡接配合的吊耳125和挂钩126可拆卸连接的。Specifically, the electrical control box 7 and the beam 124 are detachably connected through the lifting lugs 125 and hooks 126 which are snap-fitted with each other.
其中,可以将挂钩126设于横梁124上,将吊耳125设于电控盒7上。Wherein, the hook 126 can be set on the beam 124 , and the lifting lug 125 can be set on the electric control box 7 .
具体来说,如图34和图35所示,当需要对壳体8内的元件进行维修时,可以控制电控盒7沿转动轴的轴向向挂钩126的开口方向小幅移动,即将吊耳125沿图35中所示的箭头方向向上移动,使得吊耳125与挂钩126分离,此时,即可以180°旋转电控盒7,使得电控盒7与横梁124分离,以打开壳体8的开口122。当维修完毕后,首先旋转电控盒7以使得电控盒7靠近横梁124,然后将吊耳125沿图35中所示的箭头方向向上移动,自挂钩126的开口进入并卡合在挂钩126上,以将电控盒7固定于壳体8上。Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 34 and 35 , when the components in the housing 8 need to be repaired, the electric control box 7 can be controlled to move slightly in the direction of the opening of the hook 126 along the axial direction of the rotating shaft, that is, the lifting lugs 125 moves upward in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. 35, so that the lifting lugs 125 are separated from the hooks 126. At this time, the electric control box 7 can be rotated 180°, so that the electric control box 7 is separated from the beam 124, so as to open the casing 8 opening 122. After the maintenance is completed, firstly rotate the electric control box 7 to make the electric control box 7 close to the beam 124, and then move the lifting lugs 125 upward in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. to fix the electric control box 7 on the casing 8 .
或者,还可以将挂钩126设于电控盒7上,将吊耳125设于横梁124上,其中,电控盒7和横梁124的可拆卸连接方式与上述实施例中的大致相同,请参照上述实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。Alternatively, the hook 126 can also be arranged on the electric control box 7, and the lifting lugs 125 can be arranged on the beam 124, wherein the detachable connection method of the electric control box 7 and the beam 124 is substantially the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to The descriptions in the foregoing embodiments are not repeated here.
进一步地,如图34所示,空调室外机包括固定板127,固定板127设于收容腔121内,并与电控盒7相对设置,散热器6设于固定板127上,电控盒7朝向固定板127的一侧设有连接口7221,电子元件71经连接口7221与散热器6导热接触。Further, as shown in FIG. 34 , the outdoor unit of the air conditioner includes a fixing plate 127 , the fixing plate 127 is arranged in the receiving cavity 121 and is arranged opposite to the electric control box 7 , the radiator 6 is arranged on the fixing plate 127 , and the electric control box 7 The side facing the fixing plate 127 is provided with a connection port 7221 , and the electronic component 71 is in thermal contact with the heat sink 6 through the connection port 7221 .
具体来说,散热器6通过固定板127设置于壳体8的收容腔121内,电控盒7整体上呈盒体状,电控盒7在朝向固定板127的一侧设有连接口7221,电子元件71对应于连接口7221设置于电控盒7的内部。当电控盒7封盖壳体8的开口122时,散热器6与电子元件71接触以用于对电子元件71进行散热。Specifically, the radiator 6 is disposed in the receiving cavity 121 of the housing 8 through the fixing plate 127 , the electric control box 7 is in the shape of a box as a whole, and the electric control box 7 is provided with a connection port 7221 on the side facing the fixing plate 127 . , the electronic component 71 is disposed inside the electric control box 7 corresponding to the connection port 7221 . When the electrical control box 7 covers the opening 122 of the housing 8 , the heat sink 6 is in contact with the electronic components 71 for dissipating heat from the electronic components 71 .
可选地,散热器6可以与电子元件71直接接触,以导热连接;散热器6还可以与电子元件71通过其他传热结构导热连接,本申请实施例不做具体限定。Optionally, the radiator 6 may be in direct contact with the electronic component 71 for thermally conductive connection; the radiator 6 may also be thermally connected to the electronic component 71 through other heat transfer structures, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,可以在散热器6和电子元件71之间设置导热胶。例如,在壳体8内的元器件维修完毕后,可以在电子元件71或者散热器6上涂覆导热胶,在将电控盒7相对壳体8闭合时,导热胶将电子元件71和散热器6粘接,一方面可以提升电子元件71与散热器6的接触面积,提升热传导效率,另一方面也可以使得电子元件71与散热器6的连接更加稳定。在打开电控盒7对壳体8内的元器件进行维修时,连接于电子元件71和散热器6之间的导热胶就会剥离,因此,在维修完毕后,需要将剥离的导热胶清除后再重新涂覆导热胶,以将电子元件71和散热器6导热连接。Wherein, a thermally conductive adhesive may be provided between the heat sink 6 and the electronic components 71 . For example, after the components in the housing 8 are repaired, thermally conductive adhesive may be applied to the electronic components 71 or the radiator 6. When the electrical control box 7 is closed relative to the housing 8, the thermally conductive adhesive will dissipate the electronic components 71 and the heat dissipation. On the one hand, the contact area between the electronic component 71 and the radiator 6 can be increased to improve the heat conduction efficiency, and on the other hand, the connection between the electronic component 71 and the radiator 6 can be more stable. When the electrical control box 7 is opened to repair the components in the housing 8, the thermally conductive adhesive connected between the electronic components 71 and the radiator 6 will be peeled off. Therefore, after the repair is completed, the peeled thermally conductive adhesive needs to be removed. Then re-coat the thermally conductive adhesive to thermally connect the electronic component 71 and the heat sink 6 .
如图34所示,电控盒7包括顶板722、底板723和周向侧板724,顶板722和底板723相对间隔设置,周向侧板724连接于顶板722和底板723,进而形成安装腔721(图11中示出)。As shown in FIG. 34 , the electric control box 7 includes a top plate 722 , a bottom plate 723 and a circumferential side plate 724 . The top plate 722 and the bottom plate 723 are arranged at a relative interval, and the circumferential side plate 724 is connected to the top plate 722 and the bottom plate 723 , thereby forming an installation cavity 721 (shown in Figure 11).
在本实施例中,可以将底板723和周向侧板724的交界处与立柱123旋转连接,以通过底板723封盖壳体8的收容腔121的开口122。顶板722和周向侧板724容置于收容腔121内,且顶板722与固定板127相对间隔设置,连接口7221设于顶板722上,电子元件71设于安装腔721内,且电子元件71的至少部分自连接口7221凸出于顶板722。散热器6设置于固定板127朝向顶板722的一侧,电子元件71自连接口7221凸出的部分可以与散热器6导热接触。通过将电子元件71的至少部分凸出于顶板722设于电控盒7的外部,可以便于与散热器6导热接触。In this embodiment, the junction of the bottom plate 723 and the circumferential side plate 724 can be rotatably connected to the upright column 123 to cover the opening 122 of the receiving cavity 121 of the housing 8 through the bottom plate 723 . The top plate 722 and the circumferential side plate 724 are accommodated in the accommodating cavity 121 , and the top plate 722 and the fixing plate 127 are relatively spaced apart. At least part of it protrudes out of the top plate 722 from the connection port 7221 . The heat sink 6 is disposed on the side of the fixing plate 127 facing the top plate 722 , and the part of the electronic component 71 protruding from the connection port 7221 can be in thermal contact with the heat sink 6 . By arranging at least part of the electronic component 71 to protrude from the top plate 722 outside the electrical control box 7 , it can facilitate thermally conductive contact with the heat sink 6 .
由于电控盒7相对壳体8转动后,使得电控盒7的密封性降低,如果外界环境中的杂质或者液体进入电控盒7的内部,会损坏设于电控盒7内的电子元件71。Since the electric control box 7 is rotated relative to the housing 8, the sealing performance of the electric control box 7 is reduced. If impurities or liquids in the external environment enter the interior of the electric control box 7, the electronic components arranged in the electric control box 7 will be damaged. 71.
故而,在本实施例中,空调室外机还可以包括防水胶圈128,防水胶圈128设于固定板127和顶板722中的一个与另一个相邻的表面上,夹设于固定板127和顶板722之间,并环绕散热器6和电子元件71的外周设置。如此,防水胶圈128可以在电控盒7关闭后,夹设在顶板722和固定板127之间,以密封顶板722和固定板127之间的间隙,提升电控盒7的密封性能,避免外界环境中的杂质或者液体进入电控盒7的内部。Therefore, in this embodiment, the outdoor unit of the air conditioner may further include a waterproof rubber ring 128. The waterproof rubber ring 128 is arranged on the surface adjacent to one of the fixing plate 127 and the top plate 722, and is sandwiched between the fixing plate 127 and the top plate 722. Between the top plate 722 and around the outer periphery of the heat sink 6 and the electronic component 71 . In this way, the waterproof rubber ring 128 can be sandwiched between the top plate 722 and the fixed plate 127 after the electric control box 7 is closed to seal the gap between the top plate 722 and the fixed plate 127, improve the sealing performance of the electric control box 7, and avoid Impurities or liquids in the external environment enter the interior of the electronic control box 7 .
进一步地,设于电控盒7内的电子元件71可以包括变频模块和风机控制模块。其中,变频模块用于控制空调室外机变频工作,风机控制模块用于控制空调室外机内的风机运转,通过将变频模块和风机控制模块与散热器6导热连接,可以利用散热器6对变频模块和风机控制模块进行降温。Further, the electronic components 71 provided in the electric control box 7 may include a frequency conversion module and a fan control module. Among them, the frequency conversion module is used to control the frequency conversion work of the outdoor unit of the air conditioner, and the fan control module is used to control the operation of the fan in the outdoor unit of the air conditioner. and fan control module for cooling.
14.电子元件设置在电控盒外14. Electronic components are set outside the electric control box
请参阅图36,本申请提供一种空调室外机,空调室外机包括壳体8、固定板127、电控盒7和第一电子元件129。Referring to FIG. 36 , the present application provides an air conditioner outdoor unit. The air conditioner outdoor unit includes a housing 8 , a fixing plate 127 , an electric control box 7 and a first electronic component 129 .
其中,壳体8设有具有开口122的收容腔121,固定板127设于收容腔121内,电控盒7与壳体8转动连接,并用于封盖开口122,电控盒7设有具有连接口7221的安装腔721;第一电子元件129设于固定板127上,电控盒7封盖开口122时,固定板127封盖安装腔721的连接口7221,并将第一电子元件129收容于安装腔721内。The housing 8 is provided with an accommodating cavity 121 having an opening 122 , a fixing plate 127 is provided in the accommodating cavity 121 , and the electric control box 7 is rotatably connected with the housing 8 and is used to cover the opening 122 , and the electric control box 7 is provided with an accommodating cavity 122 . The installation cavity 721 of the connection port 7221; the first electronic component 129 is arranged on the fixing plate 127, and when the electric control box 7 covers the opening 122, the fixing plate 127 covers the connection opening 7221 of the installation cavity 721, and the first electronic component 129 It is accommodated in the installation cavity 721 .
具体来说,电控盒7与开口122的周缘转动连接,当电控盒7封盖壳体8时,固定板127封盖电控盒7开设连接口7221的表面且设于固定板127上的第一电子元件129能够经连接口7221进入安装腔721内,如此,通过将电控盒7和壳体8转动连接,可以便于对空调室外机进行维修,并且通过设置电控盒7收容固定板127上的第一电子元件129,也可以保护第一电子元件129,避免第一电子元件129与外界杂质接触而发生损坏。Specifically, the electric control box 7 is rotatably connected to the periphery of the opening 122 . When the electric control box 7 covers the casing 8 , the fixing plate 127 covers the surface of the electric control box 7 where the connection port 7221 is opened and is disposed on the fixing plate 127 The first electronic component 129 can enter the installation cavity 721 through the connection port 7221. In this way, by rotating the electric control box 7 and the housing 8, the maintenance of the outdoor unit of the air conditioner can be facilitated. The first electronic element 129 on the board 127 can also protect the first electronic element 129 and prevent the first electronic element 129 from being damaged by contact with external impurities.
其中,本实施例中的壳体8的结构与上述实施例中的壳体8的结构大体上相同,本实施例中的电控盒7的结构与上述实施例中的电控盒7的结构大体上相同,电控盒7和固定板127的密封连接结构与上述实施例中的大体上相同,请参照上述实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The structure of the casing 8 in this embodiment is substantially the same as the structure of the casing 8 in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the structure of the electric control box 7 in this embodiment is the same as that of the electric control box 7 in the above-mentioned embodiment. Substantially the same, the sealing connection structure of the electric control box 7 and the fixing plate 127 is substantially the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
进一步地,为了便于对电控盒7的安装腔721以及设置于安装腔721内的第一电子元件129进行散热,空调室外机还可以包括散热器(图中未示出),散热器设于固定板127上,并与第一电子元件129导热连接。Further, in order to facilitate the heat dissipation of the installation cavity 721 of the electric control box 7 and the first electronic component 129 disposed in the installation cavity 721, the outdoor unit of the air conditioner may further include a radiator (not shown in the figure), and the radiator is provided in the on the fixing board 127 and thermally connected with the first electronic component 129 .
其中,本实施例中的散热器的结构可以与上述实施例中的相同,请参照上述实施例中的描述,此次不再赘述。Wherein, the structure of the heat sink in this embodiment may be the same as that in the above-mentioned embodiment, please refer to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,散热器可以设于固定板127朝向电控盒7的表面上,并与第一电子元件129直接连接,以缩短第一电子元件129和散热器的热传导路径,提升热传导效率,加快散热。当电控盒7和固定板127相互配合形成封闭的安装腔721时,散热器置于电控盒7的内部,以形成内置型散热器。Optionally, the radiator can be arranged on the surface of the fixing plate 127 facing the electric control box 7 and directly connected with the first electronic component 129, so as to shorten the heat conduction path between the first electronic component 129 and the radiator, improve the heat conduction efficiency, and speed up the heat transfer. heat dissipation. When the electric control box 7 and the fixing plate 127 cooperate with each other to form a closed installation cavity 721, the heat sink is placed inside the electric control box 7 to form a built-in heat sink.
或者,散热器还可以设于固定板127背离电控盒7的表面上,第一电子元件129连接于固定板127朝向电控盒7的表面上,第一电子元件129通过固定板127与散热器导热连接。当电控盒7和固定板127相互配合形成封闭的安装腔721时,散热器置于电控盒7的外部,以形成外置型散热器。如此,可以避免散热器上产生的冷凝水与设于电控盒7内的第一电子元件129接触而损坏第一电子元件129。Alternatively, the heat sink can also be arranged on the surface of the fixing plate 127 away from the electric control box 7 , the first electronic element 129 is connected to the surface of the fixing plate 127 facing the electric control box 7 , and the first electronic element 129 is connected to the heat dissipation through the fixing plate 127 thermally conductive connection. When the electric control box 7 and the fixing plate 127 cooperate with each other to form a closed installation cavity 721, the heat sink is placed outside the electric control box 7 to form an external heat sink. In this way, the condensed water generated on the radiator can be prevented from contacting the first electronic element 129 provided in the electric control box 7 and damaging the first electronic element 129 .
进一步地,空调室外机还包括第二电子元件(图中未示出),第二电子元件固定设置于安装腔721内,并通过导线130与第一电子元件129导电连接,导线130随电控盒7相对于壳体8的转动伸缩设置。Further, the outdoor unit of the air conditioner also includes a second electronic component (not shown in the figure), the second electronic component is fixedly arranged in the installation cavity 721, and is conductively connected with the first electronic component 129 through the wire 130, and the wire 130 is electrically controlled. The box 7 is arranged telescopically relative to the rotation of the casing 8 .
具体来说,在电控盒7内固定设有第二电子元件,第二电子元件与第一电子元件129通过导线130电连接,以形成功能电路。通过将第二电子元件固定设于电控盒7的内部,可以使得电控盒7内的电子元件的分布更加均匀,避免全部电子元件设于固定板127上,造成电子元件排布密集,影响散热效率。Specifically, a second electronic component is fixed in the electric control box 7 , and the second electronic component and the first electronic component 129 are electrically connected through wires 130 to form a functional circuit. By fixing the second electronic component inside the electric control box 7, the distribution of the electronic components in the electric control box 7 can be made more uniform, avoiding all electronic components being arranged on the fixing plate 127, resulting in dense arrangement of electronic components and affecting the cooling efficiency.
另外,导线130随电控盒7相对于壳体8的转动伸缩设置具体是指,在电控盒7相对壳体8打开时,导线130自动伸长,避免第一电子元件129和第二电子元件相互牵连阻碍电控盒7的转动,在电控盒7相对壳体8关闭时,导线130自动收缩,避免夹设在固定板127和顶板722之间降低安装腔721的气密性。In addition, the telescopic arrangement of the wires 130 with the rotation of the electrical control box 7 relative to the housing 8 specifically means that when the electrical control box 7 is opened relative to the housing 8, the wires 130 are automatically stretched to avoid the first electronic components 129 and the second electronic components The mutual involvement of the components hinders the rotation of the electric control box 7 . When the electric control box 7 is closed relative to the housing 8 , the wires 130 are automatically retracted to avoid being sandwiched between the fixing plate 127 and the top plate 722 and reduce the airtightness of the installation cavity 721 .
可选地,在具体的实施例中,导线130的自动伸缩例如可以是采用螺旋状的导线130、或者在电控盒7内设置自动伸缩结构、或者是在电控盒7内设置用于卡勾导线130的挂扣等元件,本申请实施例对导线130的自动伸缩结构不做具体限定,具体可以根据需要选择设置。Optionally, in a specific embodiment, the automatic expansion and contraction of the wire 130 may be, for example, a helical wire 130, or an automatic expansion and contraction structure is provided in the electric control box 7, or an automatic expansion and contraction structure is provided in the electric control box 7 for a card. Elements such as a hook for hooking the wire 130 are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application for the automatic expansion and contraction structure of the wire 130 , which can be selected and set according to needs.
进一步地,除了可以在电控盒7内设置与第一电子元件129电连接的第二电子元件外,还可以在电控盒7上设置通讯接口,第一电子元件129通过导线130与通讯接口导电连接,导线130随电控盒7相对于壳体8的转动伸缩设置。通过此种方式,可以便于将电控盒7内的第一电子元件129与其他设备电连接,进而提升电控盒7与其他设备的交互能力。Further, in addition to a second electronic component electrically connected to the first electronic component 129 may be provided in the electronic control box 7, a communication interface may also be provided on the electronic control box 7, and the first electronic component 129 communicates with the communication interface through the wire 130 Conductive connection, the wires 130 are telescopically arranged with the rotation of the electrical control box 7 relative to the housing 8 . In this way, it is convenient to electrically connect the first electronic component 129 in the electric control box 7 with other devices, thereby improving the interaction ability of the electric control box 7 with other devices.
其中,通讯接口的种类可以根据需要灵活设置,本申请实施例不做具体限定。The type of the communication interface can be flexibly set as required, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请还提供一种空调装置,空调装置包括空调本体和电控盒,电控盒与空调本体可拆卸连接。The application also provides an air conditioner, the air conditioner includes an air conditioner body and an electric control box, and the electric control box and the air conditioner body are detachably connected.
其中,空调本体可以包括空调室内机和空调室外机,电控盒设置在空调室外机内。电控盒的结构与上述实施例中的相同,请参照上述实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the air conditioner body may include an air conditioner indoor unit and an air conditioner outdoor unit, and the electric control box is arranged in the air conditioner outdoor unit. The structure of the electric control box is the same as that in the above embodiment, please refer to the description in the above embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
以上所述仅为本申请的实施方式,并非因此限制本申请的专利范围,凡是利用本申请说明书及附图内容所作的等效结构或等效流程变换,或直接或间接运用在其他相关的技术领域,均同理包括在本申请的专利保护范围内。The above description is only an embodiment of the present application, and is not intended to limit the scope of the patent of the present application. Any equivalent structure or equivalent process transformation made by using the contents of the description and drawings of the present application, or directly or indirectly applied to other related technologies Fields are similarly included within the scope of patent protection of this application.
Claims (21)
- 一种空调室外机,其特征在于,包括:An air conditioner outdoor unit, characterized in that it includes:壳体,设有具有开口的收容腔;the housing is provided with a receiving cavity with an opening;固定板,设于所述收容腔内;a fixing plate, arranged in the receiving cavity;电控盒,与所述壳体转动连接,并用于封盖所述开口,所述电控盒设有具有连接口的安装腔;以及an electric control box, rotatably connected with the casing and used for covering the opening, the electric control box is provided with an installation cavity with a connection port; and第一电子元件,设于所述固定板上,所述电控盒封盖所述开口时,所述固定板封盖所述安装腔的连接口,并将所述第一电子元件收容于所述安装腔内。The first electronic component is arranged on the fixing plate. When the electric control box covers the opening, the fixing plate covers the connection port of the installation cavity, and accommodates the first electronic component in the opening. inside the installation cavity.
- 根据权利要求1所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述空调室外机包括散热器,所述散热器设于所述固定板,并与所述第一电子元件导热连接。The air conditioner outdoor unit according to claim 1, wherein the air conditioner outdoor unit comprises a radiator, and the radiator is provided on the fixing plate and is thermally connected to the first electronic element.
- 根据权利要求1所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述空调室外机包括第二电子元件,所述第二电子元件固定设置于所述安装腔内,并通过导线与所述第一电子元件导电连接,所述导线随所述电控盒相对于所述壳体的转动伸缩设置;或者所述电控盒上设置有通讯接口,所述第一电子元件通过导线与所述通讯接口导电连接,所述导线随所述电控盒相对于所述壳体的转动伸缩设置。The air conditioner outdoor unit according to claim 1, wherein the air conditioner outdoor unit includes a second electronic component, the second electronic component is fixedly arranged in the installation cavity, and is connected to the first electronic component through a wire The components are electrically connected, and the wires are telescopically arranged with the rotation of the electric control box relative to the housing; or a communication interface is provided on the electric control box, and the first electronic component conducts electricity with the communication interface through the wires connected, and the wires are arranged telescopically with the rotation of the electric control box relative to the housing.
- 根据权利要求2所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述电控盒包括顶板、底板和周向侧板,所述顶板和所述底板相对间隔设置,所述周向侧板连接于所述顶板和所述底板,进而形成所述安装腔,所述底板用于封盖所述开口,所述顶板设置于所述底板靠近所述收容腔的一侧,并与所述固定板相对设置,所述连接口设于所述顶板上。The air conditioner outdoor unit according to claim 2, wherein the electric control box comprises a top plate, a bottom plate and a circumferential side plate, the top plate and the bottom plate are relatively spaced apart, and the circumferential side plate is connected to the The top plate and the bottom plate form the installation cavity, the bottom plate is used to cover the opening, the top plate is arranged on the side of the bottom plate close to the receiving cavity, and is opposite to the fixing plate , the connection port is arranged on the top plate.
- 根据权利要求4所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述空调室外机包括防水胶圈,所述防水胶圈设于所述固定板和所述顶板中的一个与另一个相邻的表面上,夹设于所述固定板和所述顶板之间,并环绕所述散热器和所述第一电子元件的外周设置。The outdoor unit of the air conditioner according to claim 4, wherein the outdoor unit of the air conditioner comprises a waterproof rubber ring, and the waterproof rubber ring is arranged on a surface of one of the fixing plate and the top plate adjacent to the other The upper part is sandwiched between the fixing plate and the top plate, and is arranged around the outer periphery of the heat sink and the first electronic component.
- 根据权利要求2所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述第一电子元件包括变频模块和风机控制模块,所述散热器包括换热主体以及集流管组件,所述集流管组件用于向所述换热主体提供冷媒流,所述变频模块和所述风机控制模块与所述换热主体导热连接。The air conditioner outdoor unit according to claim 2, wherein the first electronic component includes a frequency conversion module and a fan control module, the radiator includes a heat exchange body and a header assembly, and the header assembly uses In order to provide the refrigerant flow to the heat exchange body, the frequency conversion module and the fan control module are thermally connected to the heat exchange body.
- 根据权利要求1所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述壳体包括垂直连接的立柱和横梁,所述盒体与所述立柱和所述横梁中的一个转动连接,所述电控盒与所述立柱和所述横梁中的另一个可拆卸连接。The air conditioner outdoor unit according to claim 1, wherein the casing comprises a vertical column and a beam, the box body is rotatably connected to one of the column and the beam, and the electric control box Removably connected to the other of the column and the beam.
- 根据权利要求7所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述横梁和所述电控盒上分别设有相互配合的吊耳和挂钩,所述电控盒进一步设置成能够沿所述电控盒的转动轴的轴向移动,进而使得所述吊耳和挂钩彼此锁定或解除锁定,并在彼此锁定时将所述电控盒连接于所述横梁上。The outdoor unit of the air conditioner according to claim 7, wherein the cross beam and the electric control box are respectively provided with lifting ears and hooks that cooperate with each other, and the electric control box is further arranged to be able to move along the electric control box. The axial movement of the rotating shaft of the box further locks or unlocks the lifting lug and the hook with each other, and connects the electric control box to the beam when they are locked with each other.
- 根据权利要求6所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述电控盒包括安装板,设于所述安装腔内,以使得所述安装腔形成位于所述安装板两侧的第一腔室和第二腔室,所述安装板上间隔开设有第一通风口和第二通风口,以使得所述第一腔室内的气体经所述第一通风口流入所述第二腔室,所述第二腔室内的气体经所述第二通风口流入所述第一腔室。The outdoor unit of the air conditioner according to claim 6, wherein the electric control box comprises an installation board, which is arranged in the installation cavity, so that the installation cavity forms a first cavity located on both sides of the installation board a chamber and a second chamber, and a first ventilation port and a second ventilation port are spaced apart on the mounting plate, so that the gas in the first chamber flows into the second chamber through the first ventilation port, The gas in the second chamber flows into the first chamber through the second vent.
- 根据权利要求9所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述换热主体的至少部分设置于所述第一腔室内,且所述第一通风口和第二通风口具有一间隔方向,所述换热主体中的冷媒流的流向沿所述间隔方向设置;其中,所述换热主体在靠近所述第一通风口的位置处具有第一温度,且在靠近所述第二通风口的位置处具有第二温度,所述第一温度大于所述第二温度。The outdoor unit of the air conditioner according to claim 9, wherein at least part of the heat exchange main body is disposed in the first chamber, and the first ventilation port and the second ventilation port have a spacing direction, so The flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body is arranged along the interval direction; wherein, the heat exchange main body has a first temperature at a position close to the first ventilation port, and has a first temperature at a position close to the second ventilation port The location has a second temperature, the first temperature being greater than the second temperature.
- 根据权利要求9所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述换热主体的至少部分设于所述第一腔室内,且与所述电子元件导热连接,所述安装板用于隔挡所述散热器上的冷凝水流入所述第二腔室。The outdoor unit of the air conditioner according to claim 9, wherein at least part of the heat exchange main body is disposed in the first chamber and is thermally connected with the electronic components, and the mounting plate is used for blocking The condensed water on the radiator flows into the second chamber.
- 根据权利要求10或11所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述电控盒包括散热固定板,所述散热固定板设于所述换热主体。The outdoor unit of the air conditioner according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the electric control box comprises a heat dissipation fixing plate, and the heat dissipation fixing plate is arranged on the heat exchange main body.
- 根据权利要求12所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述安装板上设有避让孔,所述散热固定板封堵所述避让孔,所述电子元件设于所述散热固定板背离所述换热主体的一侧。The outdoor unit of the air conditioner according to claim 12, wherein the mounting plate is provided with an escape hole, the heat dissipation fixing plate blocks the escape hole, and the electronic component is provided at a place away from the heat dissipation fixing plate. one side of the heat exchange body.
- 根据权利要求11所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述电控盒包括导流板,所述导流板设置于所述散热器的下侧,用于收集自所述散热器滴落的冷凝水。The outdoor unit of the air conditioner according to claim 11, wherein the electric control box comprises a deflector, and the deflector is arranged on the lower side of the radiator for collecting dripping from the radiator of condensed water.
- 根据权利要求14所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述导流板的一端连接于所述盒体或所述安装板,所述导流板的另一端向所述第一腔室内部延伸,且所述散热器沿竖直方向的投影落在所述导流板的内部。The outdoor unit of the air conditioner according to claim 14, wherein one end of the deflector is connected to the box body or the mounting plate, and the other end of the deflector faces the inside of the first chamber extending, and the projection of the radiator in the vertical direction falls on the inside of the baffle.
- 根据权利要求6所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述换热主体内设有第一换热通道和第二换热通道,所述集流管组件包括第一集流管和第二集流管,所述第一集流管设置有第一集流通道,所述第一集流通道用于向所述第一换热通道提供第一冷媒流和/或收集流经所述第一换热通道的第一冷媒流,所述第二集流管设置有第二集流通道,所述第二集流通道用于向所述第二换热通道提供第二冷媒流和/或收集流经所述第二换热通道的第二冷媒流,以使得流经所述第一换热通道的第一冷媒流与流经所述第二换热通道的第二冷媒流之间进行热交换,其中,所述第二冷媒流在沿所述第二换热通道的流动过程中从所述第一冷 媒流吸热,以使得所述第一冷媒流过冷,或者所述第一冷媒流在沿所述第一换热通道的流动过程中从所述第二冷媒流吸热,以使得所述第二冷媒流过冷。The air conditioner outdoor unit according to claim 6, wherein a first heat exchange channel and a second heat exchange channel are provided in the heat exchange body, and the header assembly includes a first header and a second heat exchange channel. A header, the first header is provided with a first header channel, and the first header channel is used to provide the first refrigerant flow to the first heat exchange channel and/or collect the flow through the first header A first refrigerant flow of a heat exchange channel, the second header is provided with a second header channel, and the second header channel is used to provide a second refrigerant flow and/or a second heat exchange channel to the second header Collect the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second heat exchange channel, so that the first refrigerant flow flowing through the first heat exchange channel and the second refrigerant flow flowing through the second heat exchange channel heat exchange, wherein the second refrigerant flow absorbs heat from the first refrigerant flow during its flow along the second heat exchange channel, so that the first refrigerant flow is subcooled, or the first refrigerant flow The refrigerant flow absorbs heat from the second refrigerant flow during its flow along the first heat exchange channel, so that the second refrigerant flow is subcooled.
- 根据权利要求16所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述第一换热通道为设置于所述换热主体内的多个第一微通道,所述第二换热通道为设置于所述换热主体内的多个第二微通道。The air conditioner outdoor unit according to claim 16, wherein the first heat exchange channel is a plurality of first microchannels disposed in the heat exchange main body, and the second heat exchange channel is disposed in the heat exchange main body. a plurality of second microchannels in the heat exchange body.
- 根据权利要求17所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述换热主体包括第一板体和第二板体,所述第一板体和所述第二板体彼此层叠设置,所述多个第一微通道设置于所述第一板体内,所述多个第二微通道设置于所述第二板体内。The air conditioner outdoor unit according to claim 17, wherein the heat exchange main body comprises a first plate body and a second plate body, and the first plate body and the second plate body are stacked on each other, and the A plurality of first microchannels are arranged in the first plate body, and the plurality of second microchannels are arranged in the second plate body.
- 根据权利要求6所述的空调室外机,其特征在于,所述换热主体沿冷媒流的流向具有第一端和第二端,所述第一端的温度高于所述第二端的温度,所述变频模块和所述风机控制模块在靠近所述第一端的位置处与所述换热主体导热连接。The air conditioner outdoor unit according to claim 6, wherein the heat exchange main body has a first end and a second end along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow, the temperature of the first end is higher than the temperature of the second end, The frequency conversion module and the fan control module are thermally connected to the heat exchange main body at positions close to the first end.
- 根据权利要求6所述的电控盒,其特征在于,所述散热器沿冷媒流在所述换热主体中的流动方向的横截面形状为I形、L形、U形或G形中的一种。The electric control box according to claim 6, wherein the cross-sectional shape of the radiator along the flow direction of the refrigerant flow in the heat exchange main body is I shape, L shape, U shape or G shape A sort of.
- 一种空调装置,其特征在于,所述空调装置包括空调室内机和如权利要求1-20任意一项所述的空调室外机。An air conditioner, characterized in that the air conditioner comprises an air conditioner indoor unit and the air conditioner outdoor unit according to any one of claims 1-20.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202021821897 | 2020-08-26 | ||
CN202021821897.1 | 2020-08-26 | ||
CN202120351784.8U CN215570861U (en) | 2020-08-26 | 2021-02-08 | Air conditioner and outdoor unit of air conditioner |
CN202120351784.8 | 2021-02-08 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2022042563A1 true WO2022042563A1 (en) | 2022-03-03 |
Family
ID=79838243
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2021/114357 WO2022042563A1 (en) | 2020-08-26 | 2021-08-24 | Air-conditioning device and air-conditioning outdoor unit |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN215570861U (en) |
WO (1) | WO2022042563A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN115875757A (en) * | 2023-01-06 | 2023-03-31 | 小米科技(武汉)有限公司 | Air conditioner outdoor unit and air conditioner |
WO2023246116A1 (en) * | 2022-06-21 | 2023-12-28 | 青岛海尔空调器有限总公司 | Heat dissipation structure of air conditioner box body and air conditioner |
CN118762903A (en) * | 2024-09-06 | 2024-10-11 | 福州能邦智能科技有限公司 | Integrated transformer with regulation and control type heat dissipation assembly |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN204786887U (en) * | 2015-07-08 | 2015-11-18 | 广东美的暖通设备有限公司 | Automatically controlled box structure of air condensing units and air conditioner that has this structure |
CN205783406U (en) * | 2016-05-30 | 2016-12-07 | 青岛海尔空调电子有限公司 | Rotary components and the air-conditioner with this rotary components |
CN207317128U (en) * | 2017-09-28 | 2018-05-04 | 广东美的暖通设备有限公司 | Electric-controlled box and multi-gang air-conditioner device |
CN109974139A (en) * | 2019-04-26 | 2019-07-05 | 广东美的暖通设备有限公司 | Conditioner |
CN210320359U (en) * | 2019-07-22 | 2020-04-14 | 广东美的暖通设备有限公司 | Air conditioner outdoor unit and air conditioner |
-
2021
- 2021-02-08 CN CN202120351784.8U patent/CN215570861U/en active Active
- 2021-08-24 WO PCT/CN2021/114357 patent/WO2022042563A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN204786887U (en) * | 2015-07-08 | 2015-11-18 | 广东美的暖通设备有限公司 | Automatically controlled box structure of air condensing units and air conditioner that has this structure |
CN205783406U (en) * | 2016-05-30 | 2016-12-07 | 青岛海尔空调电子有限公司 | Rotary components and the air-conditioner with this rotary components |
CN207317128U (en) * | 2017-09-28 | 2018-05-04 | 广东美的暖通设备有限公司 | Electric-controlled box and multi-gang air-conditioner device |
CN109974139A (en) * | 2019-04-26 | 2019-07-05 | 广东美的暖通设备有限公司 | Conditioner |
CN210320359U (en) * | 2019-07-22 | 2020-04-14 | 广东美的暖通设备有限公司 | Air conditioner outdoor unit and air conditioner |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2023246116A1 (en) * | 2022-06-21 | 2023-12-28 | 青岛海尔空调器有限总公司 | Heat dissipation structure of air conditioner box body and air conditioner |
CN115875757A (en) * | 2023-01-06 | 2023-03-31 | 小米科技(武汉)有限公司 | Air conditioner outdoor unit and air conditioner |
CN118762903A (en) * | 2024-09-06 | 2024-10-11 | 福州能邦智能科技有限公司 | Integrated transformer with regulation and control type heat dissipation assembly |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN215570861U (en) | 2022-01-18 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2022042563A1 (en) | Air-conditioning device and air-conditioning outdoor unit | |
CN214666272U (en) | Heat exchanger, electric control box and air conditioning system | |
WO2022042562A1 (en) | Air conditioning apparatus and electric control box | |
WO2022042597A1 (en) | Air conditioning apparatus and electric control box | |
WO2022042561A1 (en) | Air conditioning device and electric control box | |
WO2022042559A1 (en) | Air conditioning device and electric control box | |
WO2022042564A1 (en) | Heat exchanger, electric control box and air-conditioning system | |
CN114126331B (en) | Air conditioner and electric control box | |
CN214627774U (en) | Air conditioner and electric control box | |
WO2022042617A1 (en) | Air conditioning apparatus and electric control box | |
WO2022042596A1 (en) | Air conditioning apparatus and electronic control box | |
WO2022042556A1 (en) | Air conditioning apparatus and electronic control box | |
WO2022042456A1 (en) | Heat exchanger, electric control box and air conditioning system | |
CN214676258U (en) | Air conditioner and electric control box | |
CN114126277B (en) | Air conditioner and electric control box | |
CN114111390B (en) | Heat exchanger, electric control box and air conditioning system | |
CN114110817A (en) | Air conditioner and outdoor unit of air conditioner | |
WO2022166235A1 (en) | Heat exchanger, electric control box, and air conditioning system | |
WO2022166223A1 (en) | Heat exchanger and manufacturing method therefor, electric control box, and air conditioning system | |
CN212511514U (en) | Air condensing units and air conditioner | |
CN215523717U (en) | Air conditioning system | |
CN113531894A (en) | Heat pump air-conditioning type water heater |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 21860398 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 21860398 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |